Technical Minimum Standards For Ships On The Rhine And On Inland Waterways Of Zones 1, 2, 3, And 4 For Vehicles That Apply For A Certificate < Br / >(Anhang Ii Zuder Binnenschiffsuntersuchungsordnung)

Original Language Title: Technische Mindestvorschriften für Schiffe auf dem Rhein und auf Binnenwasserstraßen der Zonen 1, 2, 3 und 4 für Fahrzeuge, die ein Schiffsattest beantragen
(Anhang II zur Binnenschiffsuntersuchungsordnung)

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$20 per month, or Get a Day Pass for only USD$4.99.

Minimum technical requirements for ships on the Rhine and on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 for vehicles applying for a ship test
(Annex II to the inland waterway investigation order)

Table of Contents

BinSchUO2008Anh II

Date of expiry: 06.12.2008

Full:

" Technical minimum requirements for ships on the Rhine and on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 for vehicles that are a ship test (Annex II to the inland waterway search order) of 6 December 2008 (BGBl. 2450), as set out in Article 2 (1) of the Regulation of 16 June 2000, June 2014 (BGBl. I p. 748) "

:Modified by Art. 12 N ° 9 V v. 16.12.2011 II 1300
Note:Amendment by Art. 1 No. 15 V v. 20.12.2012 I 2802 (No 62) in a textual, documentary yet non-exhaustive manner
Change by Art. 1 No. 9 V v. 30.5.2014 I 610 (No 23) not yet taken into account
Change by Art. 2 No. 1 V v. 16.6.2014 I 748 (No 25) Not yet taken into

For details, see the Notes

Footnote

(+ + + text evidence from: 1.1.2009 + + +)

(+ + + Text of the Inland Waterway Search Order see: BinSchUO 2008 + + +)

(+ + + For application see BinSchUO2008Anh XII + + +) unofficial table of contents

table of contents


part I

chapter 1

general
§ §
1.01Definitions
1.02Scope
1.03Schiffsattest
1.04Channel penials in traffic between Basel and the locks lffezheim
1.05 Seeschiffe
1.06Temporary Arrangements
1.07 Service instructions for the investigative commissions and the competent authorities

Chapter 2



2.01Inquiry Commission
2.02Request for investigation
2.03Inquiry vehicle's screening
2.04Granting of the Ship Top
2.05Preliminary Ship Test
2.06 The ship test's validity period
2.07Vermerke and changes in the ship test
2.08Special investigation
2.09Post-investigation
2.10Volunteers Investigation
2.11Amts investigation
2.12Certificate or audit of a classification society or another location
2.13 Reretention and return of the ship's best
2.14Replacement
2.15cost
2.16info
2.17Directory of ship tests
2.18Single European Ship Number
2.19Equivalence and Deviations

Part II
Construction, Setup and Equipment

Chapter 3

Shipbuilding requirements
3.01Basic rule
3.02 Strength and Stability
3.03Ship Bodies
3.04Machine, boiler and bunker

Chapter 4
Safety distance, freeboard, and depth panel

4.01safe distance
4.02freeboard
4.03minimum frebord
4.04sunset marks
4.05Maximum allowable sinking of ships, whose cargo spaces are not always spray water and weathertight closed
4.06depth indicator

Chapter 5
ManövrierProperties

5.01General
5.02Test drives
5.03test drive route
5.04ships and federations loading rate during the Test drive
5.05Trip Tools for the test drive
5.06 Speed (ahead)
5.07Stop Properties
5.08 Backout properties
5.09Backup properties
5.10 Turning properties

Chapter 6
Control devices

6.01 General Requests
6.02Rudermaschine Drive System
6.03 Hydraulic drive system of the rowing machine
6.04power source
6.05handdrive
6.06rudder propeller, water jet, cycloidal propeller and Bow Blasting
6.07Display and Monitoring
6.08 Turning Speed Controller
6.09

Chapter 7
Control House

7.01General
7.02Free view
7.03General requirements for operating, display, and monitoring devices
7.04 Special requirements for operation, display and monitoring devices for drive machines and control devices
7.05 Signal lights, light and sound characters
7.06Navigation devices
7.07 Calling facility for ships with a radar-one-man control stand
7.08Internal voice connections Bord
7.09Alarms
7.10Heating and Ventilation
7.11Heckanker operator control panel
7.12 In height adjustable control houses
7.13Ship test note for ships with one-man radar

Chapter 8
Machine constructional requirements

8.01General provisions
8.02safety devices
8.03drive systems
8.04Combustion Engine Exhaust Lines
8.05Fuel tanks, -Lines and accessories
8.06Lubricating oil tanks, lines and accessories
8.07 Tanks for oils used in power transmission systems, switching, drive and heating systems, lines and accessories
8.08 LenzFacilities
8.09Oil-containing water and used oil collection facilities
8.10The sound of the ships

Chapter 8a
Emission of gaseous pollutants and
air pollutants from diesel engines

8a.01definitions
8a.02 Basic rule
8a.03Type-approval request
8a.04 Type approval process
8a.05Approvals change
8a.06 Match
8a.07(without content)
8a.08 Control of identification numbers
8a.09Production compliance
8a.10Non-match with the approved engine type, engine family approved, or approved engine group
8a.11Built-in, intermediate, and special check
8a.12State-of-the-art authorities and technical Services

Chapter 9
Electrical Assets

9.01General Specifications
9.02Power Supply Systems
9.03 Protection against touching, intrusion of foreign bodies and water
9.04Explosion protection
9.05protections
9.06Allowed maximum voltages
9.07Distribution systems
9.08Connection to country or other external Networks
9.09Power output to other vehicles
9.10 Generators and motors
9.11accumulators
9.12 Schaltanlagen
9.13Nota switch devices
9.14 Installation Material
9.15Cable
9.16 Lighting systems
9.17Signalleylights
9.18 (without content)
9.19Alarm and security systems for machine-related devices
9.20Electronic assets
9.21Electromagnetic

Chapter 10



10.01Anchor Equipment
10.02Other equipment
10.03Portable fire extinguishers
10.03aFixed fire-extinguishing systems for the protection of apartments, tax houses and passenger rooms
10.03b Fixed fire-extinguishing systems for the protection of machinery, boiler and pump rooms
10.03cFixed installed fire-extinguishing systems for object protection
10.04dinghies
10.05 Rescue rings and life jackets

Chapter 11
Security in workspace

11.01 General
11.02Storm and crash protection
11.03 Dimension of workplaces
11.04Gangbord
11.05 Jobs entrants
11.06Outputs and emergency exits
11.07SteigDevices
11.08Indoor Spaces
11.09Protection against noise and vibration
11.10Luk covers
11.11winches
11.12cranes
11.13Flammable Liquids Storage

Chapter 12



12.01General Provisions
12.02Special constructional requirements to the Apartments
12.03Sanitary Facilities
12.04 Kitchen
12.05Drinking water systems
12.06 Heating and Ventilation
12.07Other housing facilities

Chapter 13
Heating, cooking and cooling devices,
operated with fuel

13.01General requirements
13.02Use of liquid fuel, devices for petroleum
13.03 Oil heating furnaces with vaporization burners and oil combustion plants with atomizing burners
13.04Oil heating furnaces with Evaporative burners
13.05Oil combustion plants with atomization burners
13.06 Air Heaters
13.07Heating with solid

Chapter 14
LPG for household purposes

14.01General
14.02 Assets
14.03Container
14.04 Placement and installation of the container facilities
14.05Replacement and empty containers
14.06Pressure regulator
14.07print
14.08Tube and hose lines
14.09Distribution network
14.10Consumables and their lineup
14.11Ventilation and derivation of the Exhaust gases
14.12Operating and Safety Regulations
14.13 Review
14.14Test Conditions
14.15

Chapter 15
Special provisions for passenger ships

15.01 General Provisions
15.02Ship Bodies
15.03 Stability
15.04Clearance and freeboard
15.05 Maximum number of passengers allowed
15.06Passenger spaces and spaces
15.07Drive system
15.08Security equipment and equipment
15.09bailout
15.10electrical attachments
15.11fire protection
15.12fire-fighting
15.13security organization
15.14Collecting and collecting facilities Dispose of domestic effluents
15.15Deviations for certain passenger

Chapter 16
Special provisions for Vehicles intended for use as part of a drawer,
of a towing association, or a coupled combination

16.01Vehicles suitable for pushing
16.02Suitable for the move Vehicles
16.03Vehicles suitable to move coupled vehicles
16.04 Vehicles suitable for moving in associations
16.05Vehicles suitable for towing
16.06Test drives with associations
16.07entries in the Ship

Chapter 17
Special provisions for floating devices

17.01 General Provisions
17.02Deviations
17.03 Other Provisions
17.04Residue Security Distance
17.05 Restfrebord
17.06KrängungsAttempt
17.07 Stability proof
17.08Stability proofs with reduced residual freeboard
17.09Einsenkungsmarken und Tiefganganzeiger
17.10Floating devices without Stability

Chapter 18
Special Terms for Construction Site Vehicles

18.01 Application conditions
18.02Part II application
18.03 Deviations
18.04Safety distance and freeboard
18.05 Dinghies

Chapter 19
Special provisions for Channel Penials

19.01 General
19.02Application of Part II
19.03 (omitted)

Chapter 20
Special provisions for sea-going vessels

20.01 Application of Part II
20.02(omitted)

Chapter 21
Special provisions for sports vehicles

21.01General
21.02 Application of Part II
21.03(omitted)

Chapter 22
Stability of ships carrying containers

22.01General
22.02 boundary conditions and calculation methods for stability detection when transporting unsecured containers
22.03 Boundary conditions and calculation methods for the proof of stability when transporting secured containers
22.04Procedure for the Stability assessment on

Chapter 22a
Special provisions for vehicles whose length exceeds 110m

22a.01 Application of Part I
22a.02Application of Part II
22a.03Strength
22a.04Swimming capability and stability
22a.05Additional requests
22a.06Application of Part IV at Umbauten

Chapter 22b
Special provisions for fast ships

22b.01 General
22b.02Application of Part I
22b.03 Application of Part II
22b.04Seats and seatbelts
22b.05 freeboard
22b.06buoyant, stability, and subdivision
22b.07wheelhouse
22b.08Additional equipment
22b.09Closed areas
22b.10Outputs and escape routes
22b.11Fire protection and fire-fighting
22b.12 Transitional provisions

Part III
Occupation rules



23
Equipment of ships with regard to crew

23.01(omitted)
23.02(omitted)
23.03(omitted)
23.04(omitted)
23.05(omitted)
23.06(omitted)
23.07(omitted)
23.08(omitted)
23.09Equipment of ships
23.10(omitted)
23.11(omitted)
23.12(omitted)
23.13(omitted)
23.14(omitted)
23.15(omitted)

Part IV
Chapter 24
Transitions and Final Provisions

24.01Application of the transition rules to vehicles that are already in operation
24.02 Deviations for vehicles that are already in operation
24.03Deviations for vehicles, their keel on the 1. April 1976 or earlier,
24.04Other deviations
24.05 (without content)
24.06Deviations for vehicles not falling under § 24.01
24.07(without content)
24.08Transitional provisions on § 2.18
24.09Transitional provisions on the occasion of the transition from ADNR to ADN

Assets
Appendix A:Request for investigation
Asset B:Schiffsattest
Asset C:Directory of Inquiry into ships
Asset D: Preliminary Ship Test/Preliminary Certificate of Admission
Asset E:(omitted)
Asset F:(omitted)
Asset G:Attest for Seeschiffe on the Rhine
Annex H:Requirements for the tachograph and regulations concerning the installation of tachographs on board
Annex I:Safety Mark
Asset J:gaseous pollutants emission and air contaminating particles
Asset K:(omitted)
Asset L: schema of the common European ship number
Appendix M:Navigation radar systems and turn indicators in the Rhine Navigation
Asset N:Domestic AIS Devices and Rules Requirements
Asset O:List of certificates recognized as equivalent to the ship test in accordance with § 1.03 and conditions for their recognition
Annex P: Data for identification of a vehicle
Asset Q:Service

Part I

Chapter 1
General

unofficial table of contents

§ 1.01 definitions

This regulation is considered to be:

vehicle garden
1.
"Vehicle" a ship or a floating device;
2.
"Ship" a barge or seagoing ship;
3.
"Inland Ship" a ship that is exclusive or is primarily intended for inland waterways;
4.
"Seeschiff" is a ship that is approved for sea or coastal voyage and is primarily intended for use in the sea ,
5.
"Motorship" is a tanker or a cargo motor ship;
6.
"Tank Engine Ship" a ship destined for the carriage of goods in fixed tanks, which can drive alone with its own driving force;
7.
"Gütermotorschiff" a ship destined for the carriage of goods, which can drive on its own with its own driving force and is not a tanker ship;
8.
"Channel Peniche" an inland waterway ship that does not exceed 38.5 m and a width of 5.05 m and usually runs on the Rhine-Rhône canal;
9.
"tugboat" a ship specially built for towing;
10.
"Draw boat" a specially designed for locomotion ship;
11.
"Tow Track", a tank tow or a cargo tow;
12.
"Tankschleppkahn" a ship designed for the carriage of goods in fixed tanks and designed for the locomotion by towing, without its own driving force or with its own driving force, which only allows small local changes to be made;
13.
"freight trawway" a ship intended for the carriage of goods and built for locomotion by towing own driving force or with its own driving force, which only allows small locality changes to be carried out and is not a tanker train;
14.
"Schubleichter" ("Shoepers") Tank bleeder or a freight lead or a carrier ship lighter;
15.
"Tank bleachers" intended for the carriage of goods in fixed tanks and to be used for the carriage of goods in fixed tanks. Movement by sliding or specially equipped ship without its own driving force or with its own driving force, which only allows small locality changes to be carried out outside of a pusher band;
16.
"Güterschubleichter", a ship designed for the carriage of goods and designed for the purpose of locomotion by sliding or specially designed ship without its own driving force or with its own driving force, which only allows small locals to be made outside a drawers ' association and is not a fuel tank;
17.
"carrier ship lighter", a sabre-guide that is the transport on board a sea vessel and for the journey on inland waterways is constructed;
18.
"passenger ship" means a passenger ship built to carry more than 12 passengers and equipped day-trip or cabin ship;
18a.
"Sailing boat": a passenger ship that is built and furnished to continue moving through sails too ;
18b.
"Traditional vehicle": (without content);
19.
"Day-out ship" Passenger ship without cabins for accommodation of passengers;
20.
"cabin ship" a passenger ship with cabins for the accommodation of passengers Passengers;
20a.
"Fast ship": a vehicle with a machine drive capable of achieving a speed of water of more than 40 km/h;
21.
"Swimming device" a floating construction with work equipment available on it such as cranes, excavators, rams, elevators;
22.
"Construction Site Vehicle" a ship which, due to its construction and equipment, is suitable and intended for use on construction sites, such as a rinsing, collapseable or cover-shoe, a Pontoon or a stone striker;
23.
"Sports vehicle" means a ship designated for sports or recreational purposes, which is not a passenger ship;
23a.
"dinghy" a boat for transport, rescue, mountaintop and work use;
24.
"Swimming facility" a swimming facility, which is usually not intended for locomotive movement, such as a bathing establishment, a dock, a landing bridge, a boathouse;
25.
"floating body" Flown and other items which are individually or in connection with the vehicle, unless it is a ship, a floating device or a floating facility;


Vehicle combinations
26.
"Verband" a starrer dressing or a towing bandage;
27.
"Formation" Form of Compilation of a Association;
28.
"Starrer Verband" ein thrust dressing or coupled vehicles;
29.
"thrust combination" means a rigid connection of vehicles, at least one of which is located in front of or both of the vehicles with a machine drive , the association or the association shall be moved or moved forward and referred to as the 'vehicle' or 'moving vehicles'; a federation consisting of a sliding vehicle and a pushed vehicle, the clutches of which shall be fitted, shall also be fixed. controlled kinks;
30.
"Coupled Vehicles" means a set of vehicles that are rigidly coupled on the side of the vehicle, none of which are in front of the vehicle Machine drive, which moves the assembly;
31.
"Trawl" means a compilation of one or more vehicles, floating installations, or Floating bodies towed by one or more machine-driven vehicles;


Special areas of the vehicle
32.
"The main engine room" of the space where the drive machines are set up;
33.
"Machine Room" Space in which internal combustion engines are situated;
34.
"boiler room" means a space in which a fuel-powered steam generator or heating system is installed in the boiler room. Thermal oil is installed;
35.
"Closed structure" means a continuous solid and waterproof structure with solid walls, which are continuous and waterproof with the deck ,
36.
"Tax house" of the space in which the control and monitoring equipment necessary for the guidance of the ship is combined ,
37.
"Apartment" for persons who are usually living on board, including kitchens, storage rooms, toilets, washrooms, washrooms, floorboards, Flure, but not the tax house;
37a.
"passenger compartment" for passengers on board certain rooms and closed areas such as social rooms, offices, sales rooms, Hairdresser, dryrooms, laundries, saunas, toilets, washrooms, corridors, corridors and stairs;
37b.
"Control Station", a tax house, a room containing an emergency power system or parts thereof, or a room with a place permanently occupied by on-board personnel or crew members, such as fire alarm systems, doors or fire doors,
37c.
"stairwell" a shaft of an internal staircase or a lift;
37d.
"Accommodation Room" a room an apartment or a passenger compartment. On passenger ships, kitchens are not accommodation spaces;
37e.
"Kitchen" means a room with a stove or similar cooking place;
37f.
"Storage room" a space for storage of flammable liquids or a room with a floor area of more than 4 m2 for storage of supplies;
38.
"Laderaum" a part of the ship limited to the front and rear by bulkheads, open or closed by hatch cover, the part of the ship for the carriage of goods in transit less bulk or intended for the reception of tanks independent of the hull;
39.
"fixed tank" means a tank connected to the vessel, the tank being connected to the tank, the tank being connected to the vessel. Tank walls may be formed by the hull itself or by walls independent of the hull;
40.
"workplace" means an area in which the crew members has to carry out professional activities, including land, swivel and dinghy;
41.
"Transport route" means an area that usually means the movement of persons and goods
41a.
"safe area" of the area bounded on the outside by a vertical surface spaced from 1/5 BWL parallel to the outer skin in the The largest single-cut line;
41b.
"Collection surfaces" of the ship's areas that are particularly protected and where people are in danger of danger
41c
"evacuation areas" part of the collection areas of the ship, from which an evacuation of persons can be carried out;


Shipbuilding terms
42.
"Level of the greatest sinking" the floating level, which is the largest A reduction in which the vehicle is allowed to drive;
43.
"Safety distance" means the distance between the level of the largest depression and the parallel to that plane. Level through the lowest point above which the vehicle is no longer watertight;
43a.
"residual safety distance" of the vertical vertical position of the vehicle when the vehicle is being taken up Distance between the water level and the deepest point of the immersed side over which the vehicle is no longer considered watertight;
44.
"freeboard" or "F" the distance between the plane of the largest depression and the plane parallel to this plane through the lowest point of the ganghole or, in the absence of the gangborof, through the lowest point of the upper edge of the side wall;
44a.
"residual freeboard" of the vertical distance between the water level and the top edge of the deck at the lowest point of the submerged side when the vehicle is cranked, or, if no deck is present, the lowest point of the upper edge of the fixed side wall;
45.
"diving limit" an imaginary line on the side of the board, at least 10 cm below the Bulkhead decks and at least 10 cm below the deepest, non-watertight point of the onboard wall. In the absence of a bulkhead deck, a line shall be assumed to be at least 10 cm below the lowest line up to which the outer skin is waterproof;
46.
"Water displacements" or "(non-representable character)" the submerged volume of the ship in m3;
47.
"Deplacement" or "D" Total weight of the ship including the load in t;
48.
"Block coefficient" or "CB" ratio of the water displacement to the product of length LWL width BWL draught T;
49.
"Overwater lateralplan" or "A" the side surface of the ship above the Waterline in m2;
50.
"bulkhead deck" the deck to which the prescribed watertight bulkheads are listed, and from which the freeboard is measured ;
51.
"Schott" means a normally vertical wall for subdivision of the ship bounded by the floor, on-board walls, or other bulkheads, and up to a
52.
"transverse bulkhead", a bulkhead reaching from side wall to side wall;
53.
"Wall" a usually vertical parting surface;
54.
"Partition" a non-waterproof Wall;
55.
"Length" ("L") the largest length of the hull in m, without ruder and bow spriet;
56.
"Length over everything" ("LOA") the maximum length of the vehicle in m, including all fixed installations, such as parts of rowing and propulsion systems, machinery and equipment, and Similar;
57.
"Length in the waterline" ("LWL") the maximum hull length measured in the level of the vessel's largest sinking in m;
58.
"Width" ("B") the largest width of the hull in m, measured on the outside of the bursting (without paddle wheels, scouring bars and the like);
59.
"breadth over everything" ("BOA") the maximum width of the vehicle in m, including all fixed attachments such as paddle wheels, scouring bars, mechanical equipment and Similar;
60.
"Width in the waterline" ("BWL") the maximum width of the vessel, measured at the level of the largest reduction in the ship, on the outside surface of the plating Ship Body in m;
61.
"Page Heist" ("H") the smallest vertical distance between the bottom edge of the floor covering or the keel and the lowest point of the deck the side of the ship in m;
62.
"draught" ("T") the vertical distance from the deepest point of the hull, without taking into account the keel or other fixed Attachments, up to the level of the largest sinking of the hull in m;
62a.
"draught over everything" ("TOA") the vertical distance from the deepest point of the hull, including the keel or other fixed attachments, up to the level of the greatest sinking of the hull in m;
63.
"front plumb" the vertical through the front Intersection of the ship's hull with the level of the largest depression;
64.
"Light Width of the Gangbord" the distance between a vertical through the most in the gangboard protruding part of the hatch and a vertical through the inner edge of the anti-crash (railings, footstrip) on the outside of the gangbord;


control units
65.
"Control device" means any device required to control the ship, which is needed to reach the Maneuvering properties according to Chapter 5 must be used;
66.
"Rudder" of the rudder body or bodies with rudder shaft, including the quadrant and the Connecting elements with the rowing machine;
67.
"rowing machine" the part of the control device that causes the motion of the rudder;
68.
"Rudermaschinenpowering" the drive of the rudder machine between the power source and the rowing machine;
69.
"Energy source" the power supply of the rowing machine drive and the control from the on-board electrical system, battery, or from an internal combustion engine;
70.
"Control" the components and circuits to control a motorized rowing machine drive;
71.
"Rudermaschine's drive system" of the rudder machine drive, its control and its power source;
72.
"Hand drive" a drive in which the motion of the rudder is effected via a mechanical transmission operated by the control wheel by hand, without additional energy source;
73.
"Manual hydraulic drive" means a manual drive with hydraulic transmission;
74.
"Turning speed controller" means a device that automatically causes and maintains a certain turning speed of the ship after input values are specified;
75.
"Radar one-man steering stand" a control stand that is set up in such a way that the ship can be guided by a single person on a radar ride;


Properties of components and materials
76.
"waterproof" components or devices which are designed in such a way that: that the penetration of water is prevented;
77.
"spray water and weatherproof" components or devices which are so arranged that they are placed under the usually only an insignificant amount of water is passed through;
78.
"gas-tight" components or devices which are designed to ensure that the Penetration of gases or vapours is prevented;
79.
"non-combustible" a material that does not develop nor develop flammable vapours in such a quantity that they are not combustible When heated to approximately 750 ° C itself,
80.
"flame retardant" is a material that itself or at least the surface of which is the propagation of Flames in accordance with the test procedure according to Article 15.11 (1) (c);
81.
"Fire resistance" means the property of components or devices which: in accordance with Article 15.11 (1) (d);
81a.
"Code for fire testing procedures" issued by resolution MSC.61 (67) of IMO Maritime Safety Committee adopted International Code for the Application of Fire Test Procedures;


Other terms
82.
"Recognized classification society" a classification society that is recognized by all Rhine countries and Belgium, namely: Germanischer Lloyd, Bureau Veritas and Lloyd's Register of Shipping;
83.
"Highest Class":
A ship has the highest class when:
-
the ship's hull including rowing and maneuvering equipment, as well as the equipment with anchors and Chains comply with and under the supervision of a recognised classification society;
-
the propulsion system, as well as the the auxiliary machinery, mechanical and electrical equipment necessary for the operation of the onboard operation has been manufactured and tested in accordance with the requirements of this classification society, its installation shall be carried out under the supervision of the classification society and the entire plant has been successfully tested after it has been installed;
83a.
Signal lights: light phenomena of signal lights to name the Vehicles;
83b.
Light signs: light signs to reinforce view or sound signals;


Navigation devices
84.
"Radar device" an electronic navigation aid for capturing and displaying the environment and the Transport;
85.
"Inland ECDIS" a standardised system for electronic representation of inland waterway maps and related information, the selected Information from a vendor-specific electronic inland waterway map and, optionally, information from other vehicle measurement sensors;
86.
"Inland ECDIS device" a device for the display of electronic inland waterway maps, which can be operated in two modes: information mode and Navigation mode;
87.
"Information mode" the use of the Inland ECDIS only for information purposes without a superposed radar image;
88.
"Navigation Mode" the use of the Inland ECDIS when controlling the vehicle with a superposed radar image.
88a.
"Inland AIS device" a device fitted on a vehicle and used in the sense of the standards "ship tracking and tracking in inland waterway" (decision 2006-I-21)
89.
"On-board personnel" means all employees on board a passenger ship that do not belong to the crew;
90.
"Persons with reduced mobility" persons who have particular difficulties in using public transport, such as Elderly persons, disabled persons, persons with disabilities of sensory organs, wheelchair users, pregnant women and persons accompanied by young children;
91.
"ADN" the European Convention of 26. Regulation (BGBl) on the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Inland Waterways in the Annex to the Regulation on international transport of dangerous goods in the annex. 2007 II p. 1906, 1908; 2009 II p. 534; 2010 II p. 122, 123, 1183, 1184), as last amended by Article 1 of the Regulation of 17 June 2007. December 2010 (BGBl. 1550, 1551), as amended;
92.
"Experts" shall be one of the competent authority or an authorized person. Institution of a person recognised by the Rhine-States or of Belgium who, on the basis of his professional training and experience, has a special knowledge of the area under consideration, with the relevant provisions and generally accepted rules of the technology, in particular DIN EN standards, substantive rules, technical rules of other Member States of the European Union, is fully familiar, and examine the respective plants or facilities and assess them in a more detailed way
c)
' 93.
"expert" means a person who has sufficient knowledge of the field to be examined on the basis of his professional training and experience, and who is responsible for the relevant regulations and generally accepted rules of technology, in particular DIN EN standards, substantive rules, technical rules of other Member States of the European Union, to the extent that they are familiar with the functional safety of the
Non-official table of contents

§ 1.02 Scope

1.
This appendix applies to
a)
for ships with a length of 20 m or more;
b)
for ships whose product is a volume of L x B x T from 100 m3 or more.
2.
In addition, this appendix applies to all
a)
towing and drawers designed to be used for ships as per the number 1 or floating devices
b)
B)
Ships that have an admissions certificate in accordance with ADN;
c)
Passenger ships
d)
floating devices.
3.
This appendix does not apply to ferries within the meaning of the Rheinschifffahrtspolizeiverordnung.
unofficial table of contents

§ 1.03 ship test

vehicles according to § 1.02 nos. 1 and 2 must have a ship test carried out by an investigative commission of a Rhine State or Belgium has been granted a certificate recognised as equivalent by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine. Non-official table of contents

§ 1.04 Channel penials in traffic between Basel and the Iffezheim locks

In the case of a channel pendulent, the Rhine only between Basel (Middle Rhine Bridge) and the Lffezheim lock (including the lower port), a certificate issued by a Commission of Inquiry of a Rhine State or of Belgium is sufficient instead of the ship's test. Suitability for the ride on this route is confirmed. In this case, channel pendulates must correspond to Chapter 19. Non-official table of contents

§ 1.05 Seeschiffe

For seagoing ships, the ship test in accordance with Appendix B, if they do not have such a ship test, shall be replaced by a Ship test in accordance with Annex G, which confirms the suitability for driving on the Rhine. In this case, they must comply with Chapter 20. Non-official table of contents

§ 1.06 Order of temporary nature

The Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine may issue temporary orders , when it appears necessary to adapt to the technical development of inland waterway transport, to allow derogations from this Regulation in urgent cases, or to attempt to ensure the safety and lightness of the shipping sector shall not be affected. The arrangements shall be published by the competent authority and shall not be valid for a maximum of three years. They shall be brought into force simultaneously in all the Rhine States and in Belgium and shall be repealed under the same conditions. Non-official table of contents

§ 1.07 Service instructions for the investigative commissions and the competent authorities

1.
To facilitate and unify the application of this Regulation, the Central Commission for the Rheinschifffahrt shall decide service instructions for the investigative commissions and the competent authorities in accordance with the provisions of this Annex. These instructions will be brought to the attention of the investigative commissions and other competent authorities.
2.
The investigative commissions and the competent authorities. Authorities are bound by these service instructions to the extent that they are included in this Regulation.

Chapter 2
Procedure

unofficial table of contents

§ 2.01 Investigation Commission

1.
Investigative commissions are used by the Rhine-States and Belgium at suitable port locations.
2.
The Investigative Commissions consist of a chairman and an expert. As experts, in each Commission at least
a)
a civil servant for shipping
b)
an expert on shipbuilding and ship-building in inland waterway transport,
c)
a nautical expert with a single-chip patent that entitles you to drive the vehicle to be examined
3.
The chairman and the experts of each commission of inquiry are appointed by the authorities of the state in which it is established.
The chairman and the When they assume their task, experts shall declare in writing that they will carry out these in full independence. Officials will not be required to make a statement.
4.
The investigative commissions may support them in accordance with national law. special experts.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.02 Request for investigation

1.
The owner of a vehicle or its authorized representative who wants to make an investigation has to make an application for Annex A to a Commission of Inquiry of its choice. The Commission of Inquiry shall determine the documents to be submitted to it.
2.
The owner of a vehicle which is not subject to this Regulation, or its owner. Authorized representative may apply for a ship test. The application shall be accepted if the ship complies with the provisions of this Regulation.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.03 Preconduct of the Vehicle for investigation

1.
The owner or his authorized representative has equipped the vehicle, Unladen and cleaned for examination. It shall provide the necessary assistance in the investigation, such as providing a suitable boat and personnel and exposing the parts of the hull or facilities which are not directly accessible or visible.
2.
The investigative commission must inspect the ship on Helling during the initial investigation. The visit to Helling may be omitted if a class certificate or a certificate issued by a recognised classification society, according to which the construction is in conformity with the rules, is submitted. In the case of post-or special examinations, the Commission of Inquiry may request a visit to Helling.
The Commission of Inquiry has to carry out test drives in the initial investigation of motor ships and associations as well as on major changes.
3.
The Commission of Inquiry may carry out additional surveys and test drives, as well as further inspection and inspection of the equipment. Proof of proof. This also applies during the construction phase.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.04 Granting of the ship's best

1.
When examining the vehicle, the Commission of Inquiry finds that the terms of this In addition, the Commission of Inquiry pursuant to § § 3.18 and 3.19 of the shipowners ' ordinance-Rhein-assigned to the applicant has also been granted a ship test in accordance with Annex B.
2.
If the Commission of Inquiry is to issue the ship's test, it shall in writing inform the applicant, stating the reasons for the decision.
3.
The registration number of the Commission of Inquiry with the order number of the ship's test shall be in Latin letters and Arabic numerals of at least 2 cm height in a clearly visible position, which is noted in the ship test, on a part of the ship that is fixed, protected from shocks and is not exposed to wear, inexorable.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 2.05 Preliminary Ship Test

1.
The Inquiry Commission can issue a preliminary ship test for
a)
Vehicles that want to go to an investigative commission of their choice for the purpose of issuing a ship's test;
b)
Vehicles that do not hold their ship test temporarily because of one of the cases referred to in § § 2.07, 2.13 No.1 or § 2.14;
c)
Vehicles, if the ship test is still in progress after the investigation;
d)
Vehicles if not all the conditions for issuing a ship's test pursuant to Annex B or G are not met;
e)
Vehicles whose condition is no longer due to damage in accordance with the ship ' s test;
f)
floating installations and floating bodies, provided that the competent authorities responsible for applying the provisions of section 1.21 (1) of the Rhine-Rhine Navigation Tspolizeiverordnung (Rhine-Rhine Navigation) Regulation
g)
The vehicles for which the Commission of Inquiry 2
2.
2.
style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"> The provisional ship test is given in accordance with Appendix D if the vehicle's fitness, the floating facility or the floating body is sufficiently guaranteed appears.

It contains the conditions required by the Inquiry Commission and is valid
a)
in the cases of number 1 (a), (d) to (f) for a one-time fixed journey within a reasonable period of time, within a month's time;
b)
in the cases of number 1 (b) and (c) for a reasonable period of time;
c)
in the cases of Point 1 (g) for six months. It may only be extended with the approval of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.06 validity period of the ship test

1.
The period of validity of the products under the provisions of this Regulation in the case of new buildings,
a)
for passenger ships is five years;
b)
for all other vehicles for 10 years.
In justified cases, the Commission of Inquiry may set a shorter period of validity. The validity period shall be recorded in the ship test.
2.
For vehicles already in operation prior to the investigation, the period of validity of the ship's test shall be: shall be determined by the Commission of Inquiry in each individual case, in accordance with the outcome of the investigation. However, it may not exceed the time limits laid down in paragraph 1.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.07 Vermerke and changes in the Ship Test

1.
Each name change, every change of ownership, every new calibration of the vehicle as well as any change in the registration or the place of hometown, the owner or his authorised representative shall communicate to a commission of inquiry. It shall submit the ship test for the registration of the change.
2.
All endorsements in the ship's test or changes in the ship's test, which are included in this Regulation, in which: The Rheinschifffahrtspolizeiverordnung (Rheinschifffahrtspolizeiverordnung) and the other provisions adopted on the same basis by all Rhine-States and Belgium can be carried out by any committee of inquiry.
3.
If a commission of inquiry takes a change in the ship's test or endorse it, it has this to the commission of inquiry that issued the certificate,
unofficial table of contents

§ 2.08 special investigation

1.
After any major change or repair that is based on the strength of the construction, the driving force or maneuvering properties or the particular characteristics of the vehicle, it must be presented to a commission of inquiry for a special investigation before it is set in motion again.
2.
The commission of inquiry, which carries out the special investigation, determines the period of validity of the ship's test, depending on the outcome of this investigation. It shall not exceed the existing validity of the ship's test.
The period of validity shall be recorded in the ship test and shall be notified to the Commission of Inquiry which issued the certificate.
name="BJNR245010008BJNE001701305 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 2.09 Post-investigation

1.
Before the ship's validity expires, the vehicle must be subjected to a follow-up investigation.
2.
On the basis of a reasoned request from the owner or his authorised representative, the Commission of Inquiry may, without re-examination, the maximum period of validity of the ship's test one year. This extension shall be given in writing and must be on board the vehicle.
3.
The Commission of Inquiry, which carries out the post-investigation, shall, depending on the the outcome of this investigation shall determine the new period of validity of the ship's best. It shall be determined in accordance with § 2.06.
The validity period shall be recorded in the ship test and shall be communicated to the Commission of Inquiry, which issued the certificate.
4.
If instead of an extension of the validity period the ship test is replaced by a new one, the old test of the commission of inquiry, which issued it, is
unofficial table of contents

§ 2.10 Volunteer Investigation

The owner of a vehicle or his authorized representative can ask for a voluntary investigation at any time.
The request for investigation is to be accepted. unofficial table of contents

§ 2.11 investigation of officals because of

1.
Comes a competent authority for the safety of navigation on the Rhine to the view that a vehicle is at risk for the persons on board or for shipping
2.
The owner of the vehicle will only bear the cost of the investigation, if the Commission of Inquiry considers the opinion of the authority referred to in point 1 to be justified.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.12 Certificate or examination of a classification society or another location

1.
The The Commission of Inquiry may, in whole or in part, check whether the provisions of Part II and Annex XI, Section 2.09, are satisfied if a valid certificate from one of all the Rhine States and Belgium has been completed. recognised classification society can see that the vehicle is fully or partially equivalent to those provisions.
2.
A certificate issued by a Classification society or, where provided for in this Regulation, for certain areas of equipment, another body may not be recognised by the competent authority only if the classification society or the other body confirms that it has complied with the terms of the service instructions in accordance with § 1.07.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.13 Reretention and Return of the ship's test

1.
Discovers an investigation commission in an investigation that a vehicle or its equipment has significant deficiencies and the safety of persons on board or shipping is thereby jeopardised, the ship's test shall be retained and the Commission of Inquiry, which shall: shall be notified forthwith. In the case of Schubleichtern and construction site vehicles, the metal panel shall also be retained in accordance with the Rhine Navigation Ordinance.
If the Commission of Inquiry has determined that the defects have been removed, the ship test shall be the owner
This determination and the return of the ship's best may be carried out at the request of the owner or his authorized representative by another commission of inquiry.
shall The Commission of Inquiry, which has retained the ship's test, assumes that the deficiencies are not removed in the foreseeable future, the ship test shall be sent to the Commission of Inquiry, which has granted it, or shall be extended as a last
2.
If a vehicle has been finally shut down or unwound, the owner has the ship test to the Commission of Inquiry, which issued it
unofficial table of contents

§ 2.14 replacement copy

1.
The loss of a ship's test must be communicated to the investigative commission that issued it.
.
This represents a replacement of the ship's test, which is to be described as such.
2.
Is a ship test illegible or otherwise unusable , the owner of the vehicle or his authorised representative shall return the test of the commission of inquiry which issued it, which shall issue a replacement copy in accordance with point 1.
name="BJNR245010008BJNE002300000 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 2.15 Costs

1.
Without prejudice to § 2.11 No. 2, the owner of a vehicle or his authorized representative shall bear the costs, in connection with the investigation and the granting of the ship's test in accordance with the in the case of a cost order issued by the Member States of the Rhine and Belgium. No distinction must be made with regard to the registration country, the nationality or the residence of the owner.
2.
The Commission of Inquiry may before the investigation, demand an advance up to the amount of the estimated costs.
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.16 Information

The following information: The Commission of Inquiry may allow persons who have established a legitimate interest to inspect the ship's test of a vehicle and, at the expense of such persons, shall grant extracts therefrom or certified copies thereof to be used as such. are called. Non-official table of contents

§ 2.17 Directory of the ship's most ships

1.
The Investigative Commissions provide the ship's most issued ship tests with an ongoing number. They shall keep a list of all the ships they have assigned to Annex C.
2.
The investigative commissions shall have any ship test they have issued, to keep the original or a copy. They shall enter all endorsements and modifications as well as invalidity clarifications and new departments and update the list according to point 1 accordingly.
3.
Implementation of administrative measures to maintain the safety and lightness of shipping and to comply with § § 2.02 to 2.15 of this Annex and § § 5 and 9 to 14 of this Regulation shall be the competent authorities of the States of the Rhine or Belgium, of the Member States of the European Union and, where an equivalent level of data protection is ensured, the competent authorities of third countries, on the basis of administrative arrangements, the inspection of the Directory according to Appendix C granted.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 2.18 Single European ship number

1.
The single European ship number (ENI), hereinafter referred to as the European ship number, sets is composed of eight Arabic numerals in accordance with Annex L.
2.
The Commission of Inquiry, which gives the ship test to a vehicle, carries out the certificate in this test European ship number. If the vehicle does not yet have a European ship number at the time when the ship ' s ship is issued, it shall be established by the competent authority of the State in which it has been registered or in which it is located, .
vehicles in whose register or home state the issue of a European ship number is not possible, the European vessel number to be entered in the ship test shall be issued by the competent authority of the State in which the ship ' s number is to be used. the Commission of Inquiry, which grants the certificate.
These provisions do not apply to seagoing ships.
3.
A vehicle can only be one European Ship number is given. The European ship number will be given only once and will remain in place throughout the life of the vehicle.
4.
The owner of the vehicle or its Authorised representative shall apply to the competent authority for the issue of the European ship number. Similarly, he is responsible for bringing the European ship number registered in the ship test on the vehicle.
5.
The Rhine States and Belgium The authorities authorised to issue the European vessel number shall communicate to the Secretariat of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine. The Secretariat of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine shall keep a list of these authorities.
6.
Each authority referred to in paragraph 5 shall take the necessary steps to: all the other authorities responsible for issuing the European ship ' s number, which are listed in the list referred to in point 5 above, on any European ship number which has been newly issued by the European vessel number, and on the necessary vehicle identification To inform data in accordance with Annex P. Such data may be provided to the competent authorities of the Member States of the Rhine or Belgium, of the Member States of the European Union and, where an equivalent level of data protection is ensured, to the competent authorities of third countries on the basis of Administrative arrangements for the implementation of administrative measures for the maintenance of safety and lightness of navigation and for the fulfilment of § § 2.02 to 2.15 and 2.18 number 3 and § § 5 and 9 to 14 of this regulation
Non-official table of contents

§ 2.19 equivalence and deviations

1.
Writing the provisions of Part II that certain materials, equipment, or equipment are to be installed on or carried on a vehicle, or where certain structural measures or arrangements are to be taken, the Commission of Inquiry may allow other materials, equipment or equipment to be installed on that vehicle , or any other structural measures or arrangements shall be taken if they are recognised as being equivalent in response to recommendations issued by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine.
2.
If the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine has not yet issued a recommendation on equivalence as set out in point 1, the Commission of Inquiry may set a preliminary
The competent authorities shall report to the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine within one month of the date of issue of the provisional vessel's test pursuant to Section 2.05 (1) (g), indicating the name and the name of the ship. the European ship number of the vehicle, the type of departure and the state in which the vehicle is registered or in which its home location is located.
3.
For experimental purposes and for a limited period of time, a Commission of Inquiry may, on the basis of a recommendation from the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine for a vehicle with technical innovations deviating from the provisions of Part II, be able to: Issue a ship test if these innovations provide sufficient safety.
4.
The equivalence and deviations referred to in points 1 and 3 shall be included in the Ship Test to enter.

Part II
Construction, Setup and Equipment

Chapter 3
Shipbuilding Requirement

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 3.01 Basic Rule

1.
Ships must be built according to the rules of shipbuilding technology.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 3.02 Strength and Stability

1.
The strength of the ship's hull must comply with the stresses to which it is exposed under normal conditions.
a)
For new buildings and in the case of alterations which may affect the strength of the ship, the sufficient strength of the hull shall be evidencing by means of a computerized demonstration. This proof may be omitted when a certificate of a certificate or a certificate issued by a recognised classification society is submitted.
b)
In the case of investigations according to § 2.09 in the case of ships constructed of steel, the minimum thickness of the ground, take-up and side-flattening shall be at least equal to the greater of the values determined in accordance with the following formulae: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
For ships with L of more than 40 m: tmin = f-b-c (2.3 + 0.04 L) [mm];
for ships with L smaller or equal to 40 m: tmin = f-b-c (1.5 + 0.06 L) [mm], but
at least 3.0 mm.
2.
tmin = 0.005-. a √ Τ [mm].

c)
The following formulas: The minimum value for the plate thickness shall be lower than in the case of ships in longitudinal-type construction with double-bottom and wall-walls up to the value obtained by means of a computer-based proof of the sufficient strength of the hull (longitudinal and transverse strength and local strength) defined and certified by a recognised classification society.
Disk renewal shall be carried out if the ground, take-up or lateral flattening of these fixed permissible values is
The values for the minimum thickness of the outer skin panels determined in accordance with the above procedure are limit values for normal and uniform wear, provided that the shipbuilding steel is used and that the internal structural parts, such as spers, ground wrangles and main longitudinal and cross-sections, are in good condition and do not cause any damage to the hull of the hull.
If the determined values are below the level of the test, the following values are: Appropriate panels have to be replaced or repaired. Locally small thinner areas may be allowed up to a deviation of not more than 10% of the minimum thickness
2.
Will be different for the hull. Material used as steel shall be provided with a computerised verification that the strength (longitudinal and transverse strength and local strength) shall be at least equal to the strength of the use of steel under the approach of the minimum thickness of the steel. Number 1. If a certificate or a certificate issued by a recognised classification society is presented, this evidence can be omitted.
3.
The stability of the ships must: of their intended use.
unofficial table of contents

§ 3.03 ship body

1.
At least the following waterproof, up to deck or, in ships without deck, up to the top Transverse bulkhead of the side of the curb is installed:
a)
A collision bulkhead in an appropriate way Distance from the bow, so that during flooding of the watertight compartment in front of the collision bulkhead, the floating capacity of the fully loaded ship is maintained and a residual safety distance of 100 mm is not undershot.
The request for Paragraph 1 shall, as a general rule, be deemed to be fulfilled if the collision bulkhead is installed at a distance, measured from the front perpendicular, between 0.04 L and 0.04 L + 2 m.
If this distance is greater than 0.04 L + 2 m, the requirement of paragraph 1 shall be calculated
The distance may be reduced to 0.03 L. In this case, the requirement referred to in paragraph 1 must be verified by computer, the department being flooded together in front of the collision bulkhead and the directly adjacent compartments.
b)
A rear bulkhead at a reasonable distance from the rear of ships with L greater than 25 m.
2.
Apartments as well as facilities necessary for the safety of the ship and the ship's operation must not be in front of the plane of the collision bulkhead. This does not apply to anchorage facilities.
3.
Apartments, machinery and boiler rooms, as well as associated work rooms, must be waterproof from cargo spaces, to the deck
4.
4.
Apartments must be gas-tight separated from machinery, boiler and cargo spaces and be accessible directly from deck. If such access is not provided, an emergency exit must also lead directly to the deck.
5.
Prewritten Scots according to points 1 and 3 and space limitations in accordance with point 4, there shall be no openings.
However, rear-board doors and ducts, in particular of shaft lines and pipes, are permitted if they are designed in such a way that the purpose of the bulkheads and space limitations does not affect the . Rear door doors are only permitted if remote monitoring in the wheelhouse can be used to determine whether they are closed or open and the following inscription on both sides is clearly legible:
" door immediately after each Open again ".
6.
Water-and-run-out and connected piping must be designed to prevent unintentional penetration of water into the Ship hull is not possible.
7.
Preships must be constructed in such a way that anchors neither as a whole nor part of the ship's outer skin protrude.
Unofficial Table of Contents

§ 3.04 Machines, Boilers and Bunkers

1.
Spaces in which machinery or boilers and their accessories are set up must be designed and " 2.
Bunker for liquid fuels or lubricating oils may be installed in a light and safe way.
2.
Passenger rooms and apartments do not have common boundary surfaces, which are under the static pressure of the liquid in normal operation.
3.
Walls, ceilings and Doors of machinery, boiler and bunker rooms must be made of steel or another non-combustible non-combustible material.
insulations in machinery spaces must be protected against the penetration of oil and oil fumes.
All openings in walls, ceilings and doors of the machinery, boiler rooms and bunker rooms must be closed from outside. The closure members must be made of steel or another non-combustible material of equivalent non-combustible material.
4.
Machinery and boiler rooms and spaces in which can be able to develop combustible or toxic gases, must be able to be adequately ventilated.
5.
ladders and stairs leading in machine, boiler and bunker rooms must be firmly attached and made of steel or other shock-resistant and non-combustible material.
6.
Machinery and boiler rooms must have two outputs , of which one can be an emergency exit.
The second exit can be omitted if
a)
the base area (average length-average width in parcel height) of a machine or boiler room is no more than 35 m2 ,
b)
the escape route from any location where operating or maintenance is to be carried out, to the exit or to the foot of the staircase at the exit leading to the open, not is more than 5 m and
c)
a hand fire extinguisher is present at the point of maintenance furthest from the exit door; this shall apply by way of derogation from § 10.03 (1) (e) also, if the installed engine power is 100 kW or less.
7.
The maximum sound pressure level in machinery spaces is 110 dB (A). The measuring points must be selected taking into account the maintenance work required during normal operation of the installation.

Chapter 4
Safety distance, freeboard and low-level indicator

unofficial table of contents

§ 4.01 security distance

1.
The security distance must be at least 300 mm.
2.
For ships with openings that do not can be sealed with spray water and weathertight, and in the case of ships travelling with uncovered cargo spaces, the safety distance shall be increased to such an extent that each of these openings shall be at least 500 mm from the level of the largest reduction removed.
unofficial table of contents

§ 4.02 freeboard

1.
The freeboard for ships with the deck passing through, without jumping and without superstructures is 150
2.
In ships with a jump and with superstructures, the freeboard is calculated according to the following formula:

In these formulas:
a = Spantabstate in [mm];
f = chip distance factor:
f = 1 for a ≤ 500 mm,
f = 1 + 0,0013 (a-500) for a > 500 mm;
b = Factor for bottom and page flattening or Kimmbeburst:
b = 1,0 for floor and page flattening,
b = 1,25 for Kimmbeplattung.
When calculating the minimum thickness of the dimming plating, it is possible to use f = 1 for the factor for the chip spacing. However, the minimum thickness of the room is not allowed to fall below the bottom and side flattening.
c = factor of design:
c = 0,95 for double-bottom and wall-mounted ships, whose lateral load space boundary bulkhead is located vertically below the denne tree,
c = 1.0 for ships with other types of construction.


In this formula
α Correction Coefficient, which takes into account all existing superstructures;
βvCorrection Coefficients for the influence of the front Jump resulting from the presence of build-up in the front quarter of L;
βaCorrection coefficients for the influence of the eighth Jump that results from the presence of build-up in the eighth quarter of L;
Seveffective front jump in mm;
Seamore effective axial jump in mm.

3.
The coefficient α is calculated according to the following formula:



In this formula:
lemthe effective length of a build in m in the middle half of L;
lev The effective length of a build-up in m in the front quarter of the ship's length L;
leathe effective length of a build-up in m in the eighth Quarter of shipping length L.


The effective length of a build is calculated according to the following formulas:



In these formulas:
l The actual length of the build in m;
bthe width of the build in m;
B1The width of the ship in m, measured on the outside of the deck at the deck height, measured at half the length of the building in question;
hHeight of the relevant build in m. For hatches, however, it results in that the height of the spout is reduced by half the safety distance according to § 4.01. For h, in no case a higher value than 0.36 m is used.
Ifthe is less than 0.6, the effective build-up length is equal to zero.
4.
The coefficients βv and βa are calculated according to the following formulas:

5.
The effective front and eighth jump Sev and Sea is calculated according to the following formulas:

Sev = Sv-p;
Sea = Sa-p.


In these formulas
SvActual jump in the forward ship in mm; but Sv must not have a larger value are used as 1000 mm;
SaActual jump in the aft ship in mm; for Sa, however, no larger value than 500 mm is used
pCoefficient calculated by the following formula:




Where x is the abscissa of the point at which the jump is equal to 0.25 Sv or 0.25 Sa (sketch below):

 


However, for the coefficient p, no value greater than 1 may be used.
6.
If the value of βa-Sea is greater than the value of βv-Sev, the value of βa-Sea is the one used by βv-Sev.
unofficial table of contents

§ 4.03 minimum free board

Taking into account the decrease in accordance with § 4.02, the minimum free board must not be less than 0 mm. Non-official table of contents

§ 4.04 Lowering Marks

1.
The level of the greatest sinking is to be determined in such a way that the rules on the minimum freeboard and the minimum safety margin are met. The Commission of Inquiry may, for safety reasons, set a greater safety margin or freeboard.
2.
The level of the largest sinking shall be due to good
3.
Lowering Marks consist of a rectangle of 300 mm length and 40 mm height, the base line of which is is horizontal and coincides with the level of the maximum authorised reduction. Other types of containment marks must include such a rectangle.
4.
Ships must have at least three pairs of countermarks, one of which is approximately 1/2 L and the other two must be located approximately at 1/6 L behind the bow and in front of the rear. By way of derogation:
a)
for ships, with L less than 40 m, two pairs of marks, which are located on a 1/4 L behind
b)
in the case of ships not intended for the carriage of goods, a pair of brands which shall be affixed to approximately 1/2 L
5.
The inclusion marks or indications that have become invalid as a result of a renewed investigation are to be removed under the supervision of the Commission of Inquiry or to be marked as invalid. Insignificant entry marks may only be replaced under the supervision of a commission of inquiry.
6.
If the ship is in accordance with the Convention relating to the calibration of In the case of inland waterway vessels, and in the same amount as those prescribed in this Regulation, the calibration marks shall also be considered to be the entry marks; the certificate shall be entered in the ship test
Non-official table of contents

§ 4.05 Maximum permissible sinking of the ships, whose cargo spaces do not always spray water and weatherproof

a) The level of the largest reduction is fixed on condition that the cargo spaces can be closed in a spray water and weathertight manner, and is the distance between the level of the largest reduction and the The upper edge of the hatch is less than 500 mm, the maximum permissible depression must be fixed for the ride with uncovered cargo spaces.
In the ship test is to be entered:
" If the hatches of the cargo spaces are fully or partially open, the ship shall not be allowed to ... mm below the countersunk marks." unofficial table of contents

§ 4.06 low-level indicator

1.
On ships whose draught can exceed 1 m, a draught indicator must be mounted on each side of the aft vessel; additional low-pass indicators are
2.
The zero point of each draught indicator must be perpendicular below it in the plane parallel to the plane of the largest depression, which is through the deepest part of the The point of the hull or, if any, of the keel goes. The vertical distance above the zero point shall be divided into decimetres. This classification shall be marked from the blank level up to 100 mm above the level of the largest depression at each draught indicator by grained or carved marks, and in the form of a readily visible strip, alternating in two different ways: Paint colors. In addition to the depth indicator, the division must be indicated by at least every 5 decimetres and at the upper end of the same by numbers.
3.
The two rear calibration scales, which are appropriate in accordance with the Agreement referred to in Article 4.04 (6), may be used as a draught indicator if they carry a classification corresponding to the preceding provisions; if appropriate, the figures for the draught shall be

Chapter 5
Maneuvering Properties

Non-Official Table Of Contents

§ 5.01 General

ships and associations must have sufficient driving and manoeuvring characteristics:

Non-powered ships designed to be dragged must meet the specific requirements of the Commission of Inquiry;

Ships with machine drive and associations must comply with § § 5.02 to 5.10. unofficial table of contents

§ 5.02 test drives

1.
The driving and maneuvering properties are to be determined by test drives. You can see:

2.
The Commission of Inquiry may, in part or in part, dispense with test drives, if the fulfilment of the requirements for the driving and Maneuvering properties can be detected in a different way.
unofficial table of contents

§ 5.03 test drive section

1.
The test drives in accordance with § 5.02 are on the sections of the Rhine named by the competent authorities or other inland waters.
2.
These test routes must be in the most straight sections of at least 2 km in length and in a sufficient width in flowing or silent waters shall be equipped with well recognizable marks to determine the ship's position.
3.
The hydrological data, such as Water depth, driving water width and mean flow rate in the area of the running water at different water levels must be able to be determined by the commission of inquiry.
unofficial table of contents

§ 5.04 degree of loading of ships and federations during the test drive

ships and federations destined for the carriage of goods must be carried out for the test drives Be as uniform as possible and at least 70% loaded. If the test drive is carried out with less loading, then the registration for the descent shall be restricted to this loading. Non-official table of contents

§ 5.05 On-board assistance for test drive

1.
No anchors at the test drives, but all in the ship test under paragraphs 34 and 52
2.
However, the bugankers may be used in the
2.
Shooting maneuvers according to § 5.10.
Non-official table of contents

§ 5.06 Speed (ahead)

1.
Ships and federations need to reach a speed of at least 13 km/h. This does not apply to drawers, if they drive alone.
2.
For ships and associations that operate exclusively on the reeden and in ports, the Commission of Inquiry Allow deviations.
3.
The investigation commission checks whether the unladen vehicle can exceed a speed of 40 km/h. If this is the case, enter the ship test under no. 52:
"The vehicle can exceed a speed of 40 km/h water."
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 5.07 Stop Properties

1.
Ships and dressings must be able to stop in time to the valley and remain sufficiently maneuverable.
2.
In ships and associations with L of not more than 86 m and B of no more than 22.90 m, these stop properties can be replaced by the turning properties.
3.
The stop properties are to be detected by stop maneuvers on a test drive section according to § 5.03 and the turning properties by turning-on manoeuvres according to § 5.10.
Non-official table of contents

§ 5.08 Reverse driving properties

If the stop maneuver required in accordance with § 5.07 is carried out in silent waters, the in addition to carrying out a reverse driving test. Non-official table of contents

§ 5.09 Backup properties

Ships and federations must be able to escape in time. The evasive properties shall be proven by evasive manoeuvres on a test drive section according to § 5.03. Non-official table of contents

§ 5.10 Turning properties

ships and associations with L of not more than 86 m and B of no more than 22.90 m must be
These turning properties can be replaced by the stop properties in accordance with § 5.07.
The turning properties can be detected by turning on.

Chapter 6
Control devices

unofficial table of contents

§ 6.01 General requirements

1.
Ships must be provided with a reliable control device that includes at least the Manoeuvring properties according to Chapter 5 are reached.
2.
Motorized control devices must be so designed that the ruder is not unintentional
3.
The entire control unit has to be designed for continuous inclinations of the ship up to 15 ° and ambient temperatures of-20 to + 50 ° C
4.
The individual parts of the control device must be designed in such a way that all the forces acting on them in normal operation are safely absorbed. can be. The forces acting on the rudder in the event of external action shall not affect the operability of the rowing machine and its drive.
5.
Control devices must have a motorized rowing machine drive if the forces to be applied to operate the rudder require this.
6.
Rudermachines with motorized drive must be provided with an overload protection that limits the drive side of the moment.
7.
The shaft bushings of rowing shafts must be designed in such a way that no water-threatening lubricants can escape.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.02 Rudermaschine propulsion system

1.
In rowing machines with motorized drive, a second independent drive system or an additional manual drive must be present. In the event of failure or malfunction of the drive system of the rowing machine, the second independent drive system or the manual drive must be able to be put into operation within 5 seconds.
2.
The commissioning of the second drive system or the manual drive is not automatic, it has to be a direct, fast and simple operation with a single operation. Commissioning by the rower is possible.
3.
The maneuvering properties according to Chapter 5 must also be carried out during operation of the second drive system or the manual drive.
A non-official table of contents

§ 6.03 Hydraulic drive system of the rowing machine

1.
No other consumers are allowed to connect to the hydraulic drive system of the rowing machine
2.
2.
Hydraulic tanks are equipped with level alarm sensors that reduce the oil level below the lowest permissible level for safe operation.
3.
The dimensions, design and installation of the pipes must be damaged by mechanical influences or fire as far as possible.
4.
Hydraulic hoses are
a)
only allowed if vibration damping or freedom of movement of the components makes use of the components unavoidably,
b)
at least for the maximum allowable operating pressure,
c)
at least every eight years
5.
Hydraulic cylinders, pumps and motors as well as electric motors must be checked by a specialist company every eight years at the latest and, if necessary,
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.04 power source

1.
Control devices with two motor drives must have two power sources available
2.
If the second power source of a rowing machine with a motor drive is not continuously ready for use during the journey, it has to be ready for the start of the drive required time is bridged by a buffer system of sufficient capacity.
3.
In the case of electrical energy sources, the feed-in of the control devices
Non-official table of contents

§ 6.05 manual drive

1.
The hand control wheel must not be able to be rotated by a motorized drive.
2.
A back-up of the control wheel must be prevented when the hand drive is self-engaged in any rudder situation.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.06 rudder propeller, water jet, zyloidal propeller and bow blasting system

1.
Is the remote control for rudder propeller, water jet, cycloidal propeller and bow blasting systems for the change in direction of the thrust, electrically, hydraulically or pneumatically, must be provided by the control station up to the propeller or beam position two independent control systems, which correspond to § § 6.01 to 6.05 in accordance with the relevant provisions.
This does not apply if the use of such equipment is not required for the performance of the maneuvers in Chapter 5, or is only necessary during the stop trial.
2.
Are two or more independent rudder propeller, water jet, or cycloidal propeller installations, the second control system is not required if the ship is manoeuvrable under Chapter 5 in the event of failure of one of these installations remains.
unofficial table of contents

§ 6.07 Display and monitoring

1.
The location of the rudder must be clearly visible at the control level. Electrical rudder position indicators must have their own feed.
2.
For the following cases, an optical and audible alarm must be present in the control stand:
a)
Undershooting the level of the oil level of the hydraulic tanks according to § 6.03 No. 2 and the operating pressure of the hydraulic system;
b)
electrical control power outage;
c)
failure the electrical power supply;
d)
outage of the turning speed controller;
e)
Failure of the required buffer systems.
unofficial Table of Contents

§ 6.08 Reversing Speed Regulator

1.
Turning Speed Controller and their components must be in accordance with § 9.20
2.
The operational readiness of the turning speed controller must be indicated at the control level by means of a green message light. Failure, inadmissible deviation of the supply voltage and inadmissible drop of the gyro speed must be monitored.
3.
In addition to the turning speed controller still further control systems are available, must be clearly recognizable at the control level, which system is switched on. The switchover from one system to another must be able to take place immediately. Turning speed controllers must be retroactive with respect to the control devices.
4.
The electric power supply of the turning speed controller must be controlled by the control unit.
5.
The gyroscope, sensors or turn indicators used in turning speed controllers must meet the minimum requirements of the Requirements relating to the minimum requirements and conditions for the inspection of watershed indicators in the Rhine navigation system.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 6.09 Review

1.
The correct installation of the control device is to be reviewed by a commission of inquiry. To do this, you can request the following documents:
a)
Description of the control device;
b)
Plans and specifications about the rowing machine's drive systems and control;
c)
Information about the Rudder machine;
d)
Electrical installation circuit diagram;
e)
Description of the Turning speed controller;
f)
Asset's operation and maintenance instructions.
2.
During a test drive, the function of the entire control device is to be checked. For turning speed controllers, it is necessary to check the safe holding of a straight course and the safe driving of curves.
3.
a)
before initial startup;
b)
after outage;
c)
after modification or repair;
d)
regularly reviewing at least every three years
by a knowledgeable.
4.
The review has At least:
a)
Control for compliance with approved plans and at least periodic checks, whether changes have been made to the control unit;
b)
Functional testing of the control unit with all operational Possibilities;
c)
View and leak testing of hydraulic system parts, in particular valves, piping, hydraulic hoses, cylinders, and pumps, and -filter;
d)
Visual inspection of electrical equipment parts, in particular relays, electric motors and safety devices;
e)
Audit of optical and acoustic monitoring devices.
5.
The review is a to issue a certificate signed by the expert, which shows the date of the examination.

Chapter 7
tax house

Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 7.01 General

1.
Control houses must be set up in such a way that the rowing worker can perform his tasks at any time during the ride.
2.
In normal operating conditions, the intrinsic noise level at the control level at the head height of the rudder driver must not exceed 70 dB (A).
3.
For radar man control stands, the rowing worker must be able to perform his/her duties in sitting and must have all the necessary display, monitoring, and/or monitoring tasks to guide the ship. Operating devices are arranged in such a way that they can effortlessly monitor and operate the rower during the journey without having to leave their place and without losing sight of the radar screen.
Unofficial Table of Contents

§ 7.02 Free View

1.
From the control level, there must be enough free view on all sides.
2.
The view shadow the bow of the empty ship shall not exceed 250 m for the rowing worker and shall not exceed 250 m without ballast.
3.
The free field of vision of the place where the Rudergänger is usually located, must be at least 240 ° of the horizon. This has to be a field of view of at least 140 ° within the anterior semicircle. In the usual viewing axis of the rowing worker, no window posts, supports or superstructures may be located. If a free field of view of 240 ° or more does not guarantee sufficient free visibility to the rear, the Commission of Inquiry may require additional measures, in particular the installation of optical aids.
4.
The clear view through the front windows must be guaranteed by appropriate means in any weather.
5.
Window panes used in tax houses must have a minimum light transmittance of 75%.
unofficial table of contents

§ 7.03 General requirements for operating, display, and monitoring facilities

1.
Operating facilities required to guide the ship have to be easily placed in their operating position can be brought. This position must be clearly visible.
2.
Monitoring instruments must be easy to read; they must be able to be continuously illuminated in a continuous manner. Illumination sources must not interfere with or impair the visibility of the monitoring instruments.
3.
A device for controlling the reporting power must be
4.
There must be a clear view of whether an asset is in operation. If this is indicated by a message light, it must be green.
5.
Faults or failures of equipment for which monitoring is prescribed are by red
6.
The lighting of one of the red light lights must sound an audible signal. Acoustic alarm signals can be used as a collecting message. The sound pressure level of this signal must be at least 3 dB (A) higher than the maximum noise level at the control level.
7.
The acoustic signal must be can be deleted after the failure or failure has been detected. The function of the signal for further faults must not be affected by the deletion. On the other hand, the red message lights must only be extinguissed after the malfunction has been eliminated.
8.
Monitors and displays must be automatically applied to a system when it fails to supply the message. other energy source.
Non-official table of contents

§ 7.04 Special requirements for operating, display and display Monitoring devices for drive machines and control devices

1.
The operation and control Control of the drive machines and the control devices must be possible from the control station. Drive machines, which are provided with a clutch which can be operated by the control station or which drive a variable pitch propeller operated by the control station, need only be able to be turned on and off in the machine room.
2.
For each drive machine, only one lever for machine control may be present. The lever must be movable on a circular arc in a vertical plane approximately parallel to the ship's longitudinal axis. Moving this lever in the direction of the forward ship must cause the advance to move in the direction of the aft vessel. For example, in the zero position of the lever, it is coupled or recontrolled. In the zero position, the lever must snap into place.
3.
The direction of the thrust force acting on the ship and the speed of the propeller or the drive machines must be displayed.
4.
Viewing and monitoring according to § 6.07 No. 2, § 8.03 No. 2, and § 8.05 No. 13 must be located at the control level.
5.
For radar man control stands, the control of the ship must be done by means of a lever. This lever must be able to be conveniently operated with the hand. The lever output must correspond to the position of the rudder blades with respect to the longitudinal axis of the ship. The lever must be able to be released in any position without thereby changing the position of the rudder leaves. The zero position of the lever must be clearly perceptible.
6.
If the ship is equipped with bushgruders or special rowing (in particular for the reverse drive), the ship must be equipped with a which can be operated in the case of single-man radar stations by means of special levers which correspond to point 5.
This also applies if, in the case of vehicle combinations, the rowing facilities of the other than the one used to guide the association are used.
7.
When turning speed controllers are used, the operating member must be used to adjust the turning speed in any position. without changing the set turning speed.
The rotation range of the operating element must be such that a sufficient accuracy of the adjustment is ensured. The zero position must be perceptibly different from other positions. The scale must be able to be illuminated steplessly.
8.
Remote operating devices of the entire control unit must be permanently installed and arranged in such a way that they can be installed in a fixed manner. that the chosen direction of travel is clearly visible. If the remote control devices can be switched off, they must be provided with a display device, which indicates the respective operating state "on" or "off". The arrangement and the actuation of the operating elements must be functionally appropriate.
For supplementary installations of the control device, such as bow blasting systems, fixed-in remote-control devices are not allowed when a remote control system is not permanently installed. Priority circuit in the control house can be taken over at any time the operation of the supplementary system.
9.
At rudder propeller, water jet, cycloidal propeller and Bow blasting systems are allowed equivalent operating, display and monitoring devices. The requirements referred to in paragraphs 1 to 8 shall be complied with and in accordance with the specific characteristics and the chosen arrangement of the said active control and driving members. In analogy to point 2, for each installation, operation must be carried out by means of a lever which moves on a circular arc to a vertical plane which is approximately parallel to the direction of the thrust of the installation. From the position of the lever, the direction of the thrust acting on the ship must be discernable.
If rudder propeller or cycloidal propeller installations are not operated by means of a lever, the commission of inquiry may deviate from point 2. . The deviations are to be noted by the Commission of Inquiry in the ship test under the number 52.
Non-official table of contents

§ 7.05 Signal lights, light and sound signals

1.
Signal lights and their enclosures and accessories must be Bearing the approval mark, as defined in § 5 (3) in conjunction with § 2 Definition 11 of the Ship Equipment Ordinance of 1. October 2008 (BGBl. I p. 1913). A marking on the basis of Article 11 of Council Directive 96 /98/EC of 20 June 1998. 1 December 1996 on marine equipment (OJ L 327, 28. 25), as last amended by Directive 2011 /75/EU (OJ L 46, 17.2.2011, p. 1), the implementing acts of a Member State of the European Union are deemed to be equivalent.
2.
For the control of the Signal lights must be fitted with current lamps or equivalent devices such as alarm lamps in the wheelhouse, provided that this control is not directly possible from the control house.
3.
For radar-one-man control benches, the signal lights and the light characters must be installed at the control level. The switches of the signal lights must be integrated into the reporting lights or be located in the immediate vicinity of the reporting lights and be clearly assigned to them.
Arrangement and color of the signal lights of the signal lights and the light signs shall be in accordance with the actual position and colour of the switched signal lights and light signs.
The failure of a signal light or a light signal shall cause the extinguishing of the corresponding reporting light or otherwise be caused by the
4.
In the case of one-man radar control stands, the sound signals must be given by foot switches. This does not apply to the "lead-away signal" according to the Rheinschifffahrtspolizeiverordnung.
Non-official table of contents

§ 7.06 navigation devices

1.
Navigation radars and turn indicators must meet the requirements of Annex M, Part I, and Part II or comply with the requirements of Annex IX, Part I and Part II. Compliance with the requirements shall be determined by a type-approval granted by the competent authority. Inland ECDIS devices, which can be operated in the navigation mode, are considered to be navigation radar systems. In addition, they must comply with the requirements of the Domestic ECDIS standard in the issue valid on the date of issue of the type-approval. The requirements for the installation and function testing of navigation radar systems and turning indicators in accordance with Annex M, Part III, must be complied with. The turn indicator must be placed in front of the rudder commuter in the field of view. The lists of navigational radar systems and turning indicators approved under Annex M or as equivalent type-approvals shall be published by the Central Commission.
2.
For radar-one-man control stands
a)
the radar screen will not be significantly shifted from the viewing direction of the rowing driver;
b)
must be the radar image at all outside the control house Light conditions remain completely discernable without an attachment tube or a light-shielding hood;
c)
the turn indicator must be mounted directly above or below the radar image or be integrated into it.
3.
Inland AIS equipment must be a member of the competent authority of a Rhine State or of Belgium on the basis of the test Standards (Decision 2007-I-15) compliant.
The requirements for the installation and the functional testing of domestic AIS devices according to Appendix N Part I must be complied with.
The test standard and the directories of the equipment according to the system N or AIS equipment approved as an equivalent type of approved type-approval shall be published by the Central Commission.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 7.07 Office for ships with a radar unico control stand

1.
Ships with a one-man radar control stand must be sent via loudspeakers and transmitted via fixed microphones for the transport journey ship-ship and nautical information; the switchover/transmission has to be done by means of a push button. The microphones of these transport circuits must not be able to be used for connections of the traffic circle of public messaging.
2.
For ships with Radar-one-man steering control, equipped with a public-message-exchange system, must be able to receive the reception from the seat of the rowing worker.
unofficial table of contents

§ 7.08 Internal voice connection on board

On board ships with a radar unicameral control station, there must be a device for internal speech connections.
From the control station, you must be able to make the following voice connections:
a)
to the bow of the Ship or association;
b)
to the rear of the ship or the association if no direct communication from the control station is possible;
c)
to the crew's lodgings;
d)
to the ship's cab.
In all places These voice connections have to be received via loudspeakers and the transmission via fixed microphones. A radio telephone connection is permitted to the bow and to the rear of the ship or the association. unofficial table of contents

§ 7.09 alarm system

1.
An independent alarm system with which the apartments, the machine rooms and, if necessary, separate pump rooms can be reached, must be present.
2.
The rudder geese must have an on/off switch for the alarm signal within range. No switch can be used for this signal, which can automatically return to the "off" position when it is released.
3.
The sound pressure level of the alarm signal must be used. in the apartments are at least 75 dB (A).
In machine and pump rooms, there must be a well-perceptible, all-around visible flashing light as an alarm signal.
unofficial table of contents

§ 7.10 heating and ventilation

tax houses must be provided with an effective and adjustable heating and ventilation system. Non-official table of contents

§ 7.11 User control device for heckankers

On ships and associations with a radar-one-man control stand and L of more than 86 m or B of more than 22.90 m, the rower must be able to put the heckankers from his place. unofficial table of contents

§ 7.12 height-adjustable control houses

Height-adjustable control houses must be equipped with an emergency cut-off
During each lowering operation, an audible warning signal must be clearly perceptible. This does not apply if a risk of injury caused by the height adjustment is ruled out by suitable constructional measures.
In all elevations, a safe leaving of the wheelhouse must be possible. Unofficial table of contents

Section 7.13 Note in the ship test for ships with one-man radar stations

A ship is in the ship's special rules For radar unicorm control stands in accordance with § § 7.01, 7.04 to 7.08 and 7.11, to enter in the ship test:
"The ship has a radar one-man control stand."

Chapter 8
Machinenbauliche Requirements

Non-official table of contents

§ 8.01 General provisions

1.
Machines and the associated devices must be designed according to the rules of the technology, executed and installed.
2.
Ship-to-ship pressure vessels are
a)
before the first startup,
b)
before retaking after a change or repair and
c)
regularly, but at least every five years,
by an expert on their operational safe condition. The test shall include an internal and external test. In the case of compressed air containers which cannot be inspected properly on the inside or whose perfect condition has not been unambiguously recognized during the internal inspection, another non-destructive test procedure or a non-destructive testing procedure is also required. To carry out water pressure testing. A certificate signed by the expert shall be issued on the examination and the date of the examination shall be shown. Other installations requiring surveillance, in particular steam boilers, other pressure vessels and their accessories and elevators, must comply with the requirements of one of the Rhine-countries or of Belgium.
3.
Only internal combustion engines powered by fuels with a flashpoint above 55 ° C

Chapter 8a
Emission of gaseous pollutants and particulate pollutants from diesel engines

Non-official table of contents

§ 8a.01 Definitions

1.
"Motor" means a motor operating according to the compression ignition principle (diesel engine);
2.
"type-approval" means the decision by which the competent authority certifies that a motor type, engine family or engine group is the level of the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from the engine (engines) satisfies the technical requirements of this Chapter;
3.
"Built-in check" the procedure by which the competent authority ensures that the engine installed in a vehicle, even after any since the type-approval has been granted, changes and/or adjustments made to the level of the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants shall satisfy the technical requirements of this Chapter;
4.
"Intermediate review" the procedure by which the competent authority ensures that the engine operated in a vehicle has been carried out even after the inspection has been carried out, even if it has been Changes and/or attitudes regarding the level of emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants shall satisfy the technical requirements of this Chapter;
5.
"Special examination" the procedure by which the competent authority ensures that the engine operated in a vehicle is also after any substantial change in the level of the the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants satisfies the technical requirements of this chapter;
6.
"engine type" means a summary of Engines which do not differ in respect of the essential characteristics listed in Annex I, Part II, Annex 1; at least one unit shall be manufactured by one type of engine;
7.
"Engine family" a manufacturer set up and approved by the competent authority and type-approved by the competent authority, the design-related properties of the engine as regards the level of emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants, and comply with the requirements of this Chapter;
8.
"motor group" a manufacturer's executive summary approved by a manufacturer and approved by the competent authority, the design-related properties related to the design of the level of the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants and of the requirements of this Chapter, with a setting or modification of individual engines after the type-testing in Limits are allowed;
9.
"Root engine" means a motor selected from a motor family or group of engines, which meets the requirements of Annex J, Part I, Section 5 ;
10.
"rated power" means the power of the engine at rated speed and full load;
11.
"Manufacturer" the person or body responsible for all matters of type-approval procedure and the conformity of the production with the competent authority. This person or body does not have to be involved in all stages of the design of the engine. If the engine is not prepared for use on a vehicle within the meaning of this Chapter only after its original manufacture, the manufacturer shall, as a rule, be the person or body responsible for the use of the vehicle in the vehicle. Changes or additions have been made;
12.
"Information document" means the document set out in Annex J, Part II, specifying the information to be supplied by the applicant. ,
13.
"Information folder" means the totality of the data, drawings, photographs and other documents submitted by the applicant to the technical service or to the competent authorities. according to the requirements of the information document;
14.
"Description documents" the information folder plus all test reports and other information Documents annexed to the technical service or to the competent authority in the exercise of its functions;
15.
"Type-approval certificate" means the document in accordance with Annex J III, with which the competent authority certifies the type-approval;
16.
"Engine parameter protocol", the document set out in Annex J, Part VIII, in which all parameters, including components (components) and engine settings that influence the level of the emission of gaseous pollutants and particulate pollutants of the engine, including their changes.
17.
"The manufacturer's instructions for controlling the exhaust-related components and engine parameters" according to § 8a.11 No. 3 for the purpose of carrying out the installation, interim or special tests created document.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8a.02 Basic rule

1.
This chapter applies to all motors with a rated power (PN) of 19 kW or more, which are used in vehicles or in machinery on board, provided that such machinery is not covered by relevant European Community directives on the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants.
2.
The emission of these engines from carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC), nitrogen oxides (NOX) and particles (PT) may be the following as a function of the nominal speed n Do not exceed values:

-Speed (ahead)(§ 5.06);
-Stop Properties(§ 5.07);
-Reverse driving properties(§ 5.08);
-Backup properties(§ 5.09);
-Turning properties(§ 5.10)
Pn
[kW]
CO
[g/kWh]
HC
[g/kWh]
NOx
[g/kWh]
PT
[g/kWh]
19 ≤ PN < 37 5, 5 1, 5 8, 0 0, 8
37 ≤ PN < 75 5, 0 1, 3 7, 0 0, 4
75 ≤ PN < 130 5, 0 1, 0 6, 0 0, 3
130 ≤ PN < 560 3, 5 1, 0 6, 0 0, 2
PN ≥ 560 3, 5 1, 0 n ≥ 3 150 min-1 = 6,0
343 ≤ n < 3 150 min-1 = 45-n(-0, 2) -3
n < 343 min-1 = 11,0
0, 2
3.
The compliance with the requirements of point 2 is given by a motor type, engine group, or engine family by a Type approval detected. Type-approval shall be certified in a type-approval certificate. The owner or his authorised representative shall attach a copy of the type-approval certificate to the application for examination in accordance with § 2.02. A copy of the type-approval certificate and the engine parameter protocol must be carried on board.
4.
a)
After the engine has been installed on board, but before it is put into service, an installation check carried out. This test, which is part of the initial investigation of the vehicle or of a special investigation resulting from the installation of the engine in question, shall either result in the entry of the engine in the ship test for the first time, or the modification of the engine.
b)
The Commission of Inquiry may dispense with an installation test as referred to in point (a) if a motor whose nominal output is PN less than 130 kW shall be replaced by a motor with the same type-approval. The requirement is for the ship owner or his authorised representative to notify the replacement of the engine with the addition of a copy of the type-approval certificate and the identification number of the newly installed engine of the Commission of Inquiry. This changes according to the ship test under no. 52.
5.
Intermediate tests of the engine must be carried out as part of the post-examination according to § 2.09
6.
After any substantial modification of an engine which affects the emission of gaseous pollutants and particulate pollutants in the engine, shall always be subject to a special test.
7.
The type-approval numbers and the identification numbers of all engines installed on board a vehicle, which shall: the requirements of this Chapter shall be noted by the Commission of Inquiry in the ship ' s test under point 52.
8.
The competent authority may: serve to perform tasks according to this chapter of a technical service.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8a.03 Application for Type Approval

1.
A request for type approval for a motor type, a motor family, or a motor group shall be made by the manufacturer to the competent authority. The application shall be accompanied by a description folder and the design of a motor parameter protocol and the design of the manufacturer ' s instructions for the control of the components and engine parameters relevant to the exhaust gas. The manufacturer must provide for the type tests to be carried out by an engine corresponding to the essential characteristics listed in Annex I, Part II, Annex 1.
2.
competent authority in the event of an application for type-approval of a motor family or group of engines, that the submitted application for the selected parent engine for the engine family referred to in Annex J, Part II, Annex 2 or group of engines is not representative, another and, where appropriate, an additional parent engine to be designated by the competent authority shall be provided for approval in accordance with point 1.
3.
A request for type-approval for a motor type, engine family, or engine group must not be submitted to more than one competent authority. For each engine type to be approved, any engine family to be approved, or any engine group to be approved, a separate application must be submitted.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8a.04 type approval process

1.
The competent authority at which the application is submitted grants type-approval for all engine types, engine families or engine groups, which describe the descriptions in the Description folders meet the requirements of this chapter.
2.
The competent authority will fill in each engine type, engine family, or any other type of engine Motor group which authorises it, all relevant parts of the type-approval certificate, the design of which is contained in Annex J, Part III; it shall draw up or examine the table of contents to the information package. Type-approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with the procedure laid down in Annex J, Part IV. The completed type-approval certificate and its annexes shall be sent to the applicant.
3.
The engine to be approved shall either function or have specific functions. properties only in connection with other parts of the vehicle to which it is to be installed and, for this reason, compliance with one or more requirements can only be verified if the engine to be approved is used with other real or simulated vehicle parts, the scope of the type-approval of this engine (these engines) shall be restricted accordingly. In the type-approval certificate for a motor type, engine family or group of engines, all restrictions on their use and all installation requirements are to be listed in such cases.
4.
Each Competent Authority submits
a)
the other competent authorities for each change to the list of engine types, engine families and motor groups (with the details in Annex J, Part V), which they approve in the period in question;
b)
at the request of another competent authority
aa)
a copy of the type-approval certificate for the engine type, the engine family or the motor group with or without the information package for each engine type, engine family or group of engines the approval of which it has granted, refused or withdrawn, and, where appropriate,
bb)
the list of engines manufactured in accordance with the type approvals granted, as described in § 8a.06 no. 3; the details of Annex J, Part VI
5.
Each competent authority shall transmit annually to the Secretariat of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine and, in addition, on receipt of a copy of the data sheet referred to in Annex J, Part VII, relating to the engine types, engine families and groups of engines for which a permit has been granted since the last notification.
name="BJNR245010008BJNE008500000 " />Table of Contents unofficial

§ 8a.05 Modification of approvals

1.
The competent authority that issued the type-approval shall take the necessary measures to ensure that it has any changes to the information referred to in the information package. Details will be communicated.
2.
The request for a change or extension of a type-approval shall be made exclusively to the competent authority which shall: the original type-approval has been granted.
3.
If details have been changed in the information package, the competent authority shall issue: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
as required, corrected pages of the description documents, with the authority of each individual Page so indicates that the type of change and the date of the new edition are clearly visible. For each new edition of pages, the table of contents shall be updated to the information package (which is annexed to the type-approval certificate);
b)
a revised type-approval certificate (with an extension number), if any information has been changed (with the exception of the attachments) or the minimum requirements of this chapter are have changed since the original approval date. From the revised approval certificate, the reason for its change and the date of the new edition must be clear.
If the competent authority which granted the type-approval determines that it is due to one of the information documents, If new tests or tests are justified, it shall inform the manufacturer thereof and shall not issue the documents mentioned above until successful new tests or tests have been carried out. name="BJNR245010008BJNE008600000 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 8a.06 Match

1.
Each unit manufactured in accordance with the type-approval must have the characteristics defined in Part I, Part I, section 1, including the type-approval number of the unit. Manufacturer.
2.
If the type-approval contains restrictions on the use according to § 8a.04 no. 3, each unit manufactured must provide detailed information be attached to the manufacturer by means of these restrictions and all the installation requirements.
3.
The manufacturer shall transmit, at the request of the authority, the has been granted, within 45 days of the end of each calendar year and immediately after each additional time specified by the Authority, a list of the identification numbers (serial numbers) of all the engines, in accordance with the the requirements of this chapter since the last report or from the date on which those provisions became applicable for the first time. In so far as they are not expressed by the engine coding system, the correlations between the identification numbers and the corresponding engine types, engine families or groups of engines and type-approval numbers must be given on this list. shall be specified. In addition, the list shall contain specific information if the manufacturer cees the production of an approved engine type, an approved engine family or an approved engine group. If the competent authority does not require a regular transmission of this list from the manufacturer, it shall keep the registered data for a period of at least 40 years.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8a.07 (without content)

unofficial table of contents

§ 8a.08 Control of identification numbers

1.
The competent authority granting type-approval ensure that the identification numbers of the engines produced in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter, if necessary in cooperation with the other competent authorities, are registered and controlled
2.
An additional control of the identification numbers can be combined with the control of the conformity of production according to § 8a.09
3.
With regard to the control of the identification numbers, the manufacturer or his authorized agents established in the Rhine-and-Rhine States and Belgium shall be responsible for the identification of the identification numbers. competent authority, on request, without delay, all necessary information concerning its direct purchasers and the identification numbers of the engines which have been reported as having been produced in accordance with section 8a.06 No 3.
4.
If a manufacturer is unable to comply with the requirements set out in § 8a.06 at the request of the competent authority, the approval for the engine type concerned, the motor family or group of motor vehicles concerned are withdrawn. In such a case, the information procedure is applied in accordance with § 8a.10 No. 4.
Non-official table of contents

§ 8a.09 Compliance of the Production

1.
The competent authority issuing a type-approval shall ensure that it is approved. where necessary, in cooperation with the other competent authorities, that appropriate arrangements have been made to ensure effective control of the conformity of production with respect to the requirements of Annex J, Part I, Section 4
2.
The competent authority which has granted type-approval shall ensure, if necessary in cooperation with the other competent authorities, that the competent authority shall: Authorities-that the arrangements referred to in paragraph 1 shall continue to be sufficient in respect of the provisions of Annex J, Part I, section 4, and that any engine fitted with a type-approval number shall continue to be the subject of the requirements of this Chapter. Description in the type-approval certificate and its attachments for the approved engine type, the approved engine family, or the approved engine group.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8a.10 disagreement with the approved engine type, engine family approved, or approved engine group

1.
A non-match with the approved engine type, engine family, or the approved engine family shall be available if derogations from the characteristics of the type-approval certificate or, where appropriate, the information package, are determined by the competent authority which issued the type-approval, not in accordance with § 8a.05 No 3.
2.
If the competent authority which has granted type-approval determines that engines with a certificate of conformity or a certificate of conformity, the of an approval mark, do not conform to the engine type, engine family or motor group for which it has been granted approval, it shall take the necessary measures to ensure that the Production engines are again compatible with the approved engine type, approved engine family or approved engine group. The competent authority which identified the lack of conformity shall inform the other competent authorities and the Secretariat of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine from the measures taken, which shall be taken until the withdrawal of the Type-approval can be allowed.
3.
A competent authority can demonstrate that engines equipped with a type-approval number do not have the approved type approval number. the engine type, the approved engine family or the approved engine group, it may require the competent authority which has granted the type-approval to require the engines in production to be in conformity with the approved engine category or engine group. approved engine type, engine family approved or approved engine group. The necessary measures shall be taken within six months of the date of application.
4.
The competent authorities shall inform each other and the secretariat. the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine within one month of any withdrawal of type-approval and of the reasons therefor.
Unofficial Table of Contents

§ 8a.11 Installation, intermediate, and special check

1.
The competent authority examine the current state of the engine with regard to the components specified in the engine parameter protocol in connection with the installation test in accordance with § 8a.02 No. 4, in the case of interim tests according to § 8a.02 No. 5 and in the case of special tests according to § 8a.02 No. 6 Calibration and adjustment of its parameters.
If the Authority comes to the conclusion that the engine does not match the approved engine type, engine family approved or approved engine group, it may require that the engine be Engine conformity is restored, the type-approval according to § 8a.05 is amended accordingly or a measurement of actual emissions is ordered.
If the engine is not restored, or if the type-approval is granted, the engine will be approved. not amended accordingly, or show the measurements that emissions do not comply with the limit values in accordance with § 8a.02 No. 2, the competent authority refuses to issue a ship's test or draws a ship test already granted A.
2.
In engines with exhaust gas aftertreatment system, the function of the exhaust gas aftertreatment system must be checked as part of the installation, intermediate or special test.
3.
The tests referred to in point 1 are carried out on the basis of the manufacturer's instructions for checking the exhaust gas-relevant components and engine parameters. In this manual, which is to be drawn up by the manufacturer and approved by a competent authority, the components and settings and parameters relevant to the exhaust gas are specified and are used, respectively, under the conditions of their use, or Compliance with the perpetual Compliance with the emission limit values can be assumed. It contains at least:
a)
specification of the engine type, engine family, or engine group Specification of rated power and rated speed;
b)
List of exhaust-related components and engine parameters;
c)
Unique features for the identification of approved exhaust-related components (e.g. Component numbers);
d)
An indication of the exhaust gas-relevant engine parameters, such as the adjustment range of the injection timing, the permissible value of the engine parameters, the permissible maximum permissible value of the engine, the Cooling water temperature, the maximum exhaust gas back pressure.
In engines with exhaust gas aftertreatment systems, this guidance must also include procedures to control the proper functioning of the exhaust gas aftertreatment plant.
Non-official table of contents

§ 8a.12 competent authorities and technical services

1.
The Rhine States and Belgium share the names and names of the Central Commission for the Rhine Navigation Addresses of the competent authorities and technical services responsible for the implementation of this Chapter. The technical services must comply with the European standard on the general requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories (EN ISO/IEC 17025: 2000) in compliance with the following conditions:
a)
Engine manufacturers cannot be trusted as technical services.
b)
For the purposes of this chapter, a Technical Service, with the approval of the competent authority, may use facilities outside of its own test site
2.
Technical Services outside the Member States of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine can only be recognized on the recommendation of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.02 security precautions

1.
Machine equipment must be set up and set up to be used for operation and maintenance are sufficiently accessible and cannot be jeopardised by people who use them or wait. They must be able to be secured against inadvertent commissioning.
2.
To drive and auxiliary machines, steam boilers, pressure vessels and their accessories, Safety devices are available.
3.
Drives for pressure and suction fans must also be used for emergency situations outside the installation space and the machine room.
4.
4.
Where this is necessary, connection points for fuel, lubricating oil and oil lines, which are in power transmission systems, must be switched off. Switching, propulsion and heating systems shall be used, shielded or otherwise protected in order to spray or discharge these liquids on heated surfaces, in the air intake of machinery or other sources of ignition prevent. The number of connection points in these piping systems must be kept to a minimum.
5.
High-pressure fuel delivery lines from Frei Diesel engines between the high-pressure fuel pumps and the injection devices must be protected by a jacket-pipe system, which will absorb the escaping fuel in the event of damage to the high-pressure line. The casing tube system shall be supplemented by a collector for leaks, and equipment shall be provided which, in the event of damage to the fuel line, shall send an alarm signal; for machines with only two cylinders, this alarm system shall be provided for: but not necessary. In the case of machines for armature winches and spills on open decks, no jacket tube systems are required.
6.
Isolations of machine parts must be carried out in accordance with § 3.04 no. 3, paragraph 2
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.03 drive systems

1.
Ship drives must be started, stopped, and recontrolled reliably and quickly
2.
The ranges
a)
Temperature of the cooling water of the drive machines;
b)
Pressure of the lubricating oil of the drive machines and the Gear;
c)
The oil and air pressure of the reversing system of the drive machines, reversing gears or propellers
shall be monitored by appropriate means, which shall: Reach critical values for alarm.
3.
For ships with only one prime mover, except for overspeed protection, the engine must not be automatically driven.
4.
In ships with only one prime mover, this may only be provided with an automatic speed reduction device, if: an automatic speed reduction in the control house is signaled optically and acoustically and the device for speed reduction can be set out of operation by the control stand.
5.
Shaft bushings must be designed so that no water-threatening lubricants can escape.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.04 exhaust gas lines from internal combustion engines

1.
exhaust fumes must be removed from the outside.
2.
The intrusion of exhaust gases into the various Ship rooms must be prevented by appropriate measures. If exhaust pipes are routed through apartments or the wheelhouse, they must be housed inside these rooms in gas-tight sheathing. The space between the exhaust pipe and the casing must be connected to the free air.
3.
Exhaust Pipes must be laid and protected in such a way that they do not fire
4.
In machinery spaces, exhaust gas lines must be sufficiently insulated or cooled. Outside of the machine rooms a touch protection can be sufficient.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.05 fuel tanks, lines and accessories

1.
Liquid fuels must be in tanks belonging to the hull or installed in a fixed vessel in the case of steel or, where the design of the ship requires it, of a material equivalent to that of fire resistance. This does not apply to tanks of auxiliary units with a content of up to 12 l connected to them in the factory.
Fuel tanks must not have common bounding surfaces with potable water tanks.
2.
Fuel tanks as well as fuel lines and other accessories must be so arranged and set up that neither fuel nor fuel vapors unintentionally into the ship's rooms can be reached. Valves on fuel tanks used for the extraction of fuel or for draining must be self-closing.
3.
No collision bulkhead should be allowed to be able to control the fuel tank. Fuel tanks.
4.
Fuel tanks and their fittings must not be arranged via machine systems or exhaust pipes.
5.
Fuel tank filling openings must be clearly defined.
6.
Fuel tank filler pipes with The exception of day-consuming tanks must be based on deck. Filler pipes must be fitted with a connection fitting in accordance with European standard EN 12 827: 1999. These tanks must have a vent pipe, which leads to the outside above the deck and is set up in such a way that no water can penetrate. The cross-section of this vent pipe must be at least 1.25 times the filler pipe cross-section.
If fuel tanks are connected to each other, the cross-section of the connecting line must be at least 1.25 times the filler pipe cross-section.
7.
Liquid fuel discharge lines must be provided directly on the tanks with a quick-release valve which is operated from the deck , even if the affected spaces are closed.
If the operating device is hidden, the cover must not be lockable.
The operating device must be marked with a red color. If the device is concealed, it must be marked with a symbol for the quick-fit valve of the tank in accordance with Annex I, Figure 9, with an edge length of at least 10 cm.
Sentence 1 shall not apply to fuel tanks directly on the engine
8.
Fuel lines, their joints, seals and fittings must be made of materials to be expected from the mechanical, chemical, chemical and mechanical properties of the and thermal stress. Fuel lines must not be exposed to harmful heat exposure and must be able to be controlled over their entire length.
9.
Fuel tanks must be equipped with of a suitable plinth device. The pelting device must be readable up to the highest level. Glass panes must be protected against damage, can be shut off at the lower end by means of self-closing devices and be connected at the upper end to the tanks above the highest filling level. The material of the violin glass must remain dimensionally stable at normal ambient temperatures. Plumes must not end in apartments. Pipes terminating in a machine or boiler room must be provided with self-closing closing devices.
10.
a)
Fuel tanks must be on board by appropriate technical equipment that is available in the ship's test point 52, to be secured against the exit of fuel during the bunkering.
b)
Is used by bunkers, which by their own technical equipment a If fuel is prevented from escaping while bunkering, fuel is taken over, the equipment requirement referred to in point (a) and after point 11
11.
If fuel tanks are equipped with an automatic setting device, the measuring sensors must interrupt the filling process at a tank filling level of 97%; these devices must comply with the "failsafe" design.
The sensor has to send an electrical contact, which in the form of a binary signal can interrupt the current loop supplied and fed by the bunker, the signal must be sent to the bunkers by means of a watertight device plug of a coupling plug device in accordance with the International Standard IEC 60309-1: 1999 for direct current 40 to 50 V, characteristic colour white, position of the auxiliary nose 10 h, can be transferred.
12.
Fuel tanks must be provided with tightly closable openings that allow cleaning and exploration.
13.
The fuel tanks connected directly to the drive machines and to the engines necessary for driving must be provided with a device that is optically and acoustically Tax house indicates that filling of the tank is no longer sufficient for further safe operation.
Non-official table of contents

§ 8.06 Lubricating oil tanks, lines and accessories

1.
lubricating oil must be located in or in the hull of the hull. Tanks made of steel fixed to the ship or, if the ship's design requires it, to be housed in a material equivalent to that of fire resistance. This does not apply to tanks with a content of up to 25 l. Lubricating oil tanks must not have common bounding surfaces with potable water tanks.
2.
Lubricating oil tanks as well as the associated lines and other accessories must be provided. be arranged and arranged in such a way that neither lubricating oil nor lubricating oil vapors can inadvertently enter the ship's rooms.
3.
Before the collision bulkhead, you may be able to there are no lubricating oil tanks.
4.
Lubricating oil tanks and their valves must not be located directly above machine systems or exhaust pipes.
5.
Lubricating Oil Tank Filling Openings must be clearly defined.
6.
lubricating oil lines, their Connections, seals and fittings must be made of materials which withstand the expected mechanical, chemical and thermal stresses. The pipes must not be exposed to harmful heat exposure and must be able to be controlled over their entire length.
7.
Oil tanks must be equipped with a appropriate plinth device. The pelting device must be readable up to the highest level. [0050] Peilglasses must be protected against damage, can be shut off at the lower end by means of a self-closing device and, at the upper end, be again connected to the tanks above the highest filling level. The material of the violin glass must remain dimensionally stable at normal ambient temperatures. Plumes must not end in apartments. Pipes that end in a machine or boiler room must be provided with self-closing closing devices.
Table of Contents

§ 8.07 Tanks for oils used in power transmission systems, switching, drive, and heating systems, lines and accessories

1.
Oils used in power transmission systems, switching, propulsion and heating systems must be in steel tanks belonging to the hull or installed in a fixed vessel or, where the design of the ship requires it, to be housed in a material equivalent to that of fire resistance. This does not apply to tanks with a content of up to 25 l. Tanks in accordance with the first sentence shall not have common boundary surfaces with drinking water tanks.
2.
Tanks according to point 1 as well as the associated lines and other accessories shall be arranged and arranged in such a way that neither the corresponding oil nor vapours of this oil can inadvertently enter the ship's premises.
3.
Before the Collision bulkhead shall not be in tanks as specified in point 1.
4.
Tanks as specified in point 1 and their fittings shall not be allowed directly from machinery or equipment; or
5.
The filling openings of the tanks in accordance with point 1 must be clearly identified.
6.
The oils according to point 1, their joints, seals and fittings must be made of materials to be expected from the mechanical, chemical and thermal expected Withstand stress. The pipes must not be exposed to harmful heat exposure and must be able to be controlled over their entire length.
7.
Tanks according to point 1 must be equipped with a appropriate plinth device. The pelting device must be readable up to the highest level. [0050] Peilglasses must be protected against damage, can be shut off at the lower end by means of a self-closing device and, at the upper end, be again connected to the tanks above the highest filling level. The material of the violin glass must remain dimensionally stable at normal ambient temperatures. Plumes must not end in apartments. Pipes that end in a machine or boiler room must be provided with self-closing closing devices.
Table of Contents

§ 8.08 LenzFacilities

1.
Each waterproof department must be can be lenzable. This does not apply to watertight compartments, which are normally closed in an airtight manner.
2.
On ships, for which a crew is required, two independent control pumps, which must not be placed in the same room and at least one of which has to be driven by a motor. However, if these ships have a propulsion power of less than 225 kW or a load bearing capacity of less than 350 tonnes or in ships not intended for the carriage of goods, a water displacement of less than 250 m3shall be sufficient. Manual or motor pump.
Each of the required pumps must be usable for each water-tight compartment.
3.
The minimum delivery quantity Q1 of the first Lenzpump is calculated using the following formula:

= 0,1-d12 [l/min].


d1 is calculated according to the following formula:



Minimum delivery amount Q2 the second bilge pump must be calculated according to the following formula:

Q2 = 0,1-d22 [l/m].


d2 is given by the following formula: to compute:



However,

When dimensioning from Q2, l refers to the longest watertight division.

In these formulas:
lLength of watertight compartment in [m];
d1computational inner diameter of the main tube in [mm];
d2the internal diameter of the two-glare tube in [mm].
4.
If the bilge pumps are connected to a lence system, the inner bilge tube diameters must be at least the dimension d1 in mm and the inner diameters of the two-glare tubes must be at least the measure of d2 in mm.
For ships with L of less than 25 m, the dimensions d1 and d2 may be reduced to 35 mm.
5.
Only self-priming Lenzpumps are
6.
In each lenzable section with a flat bottom and a width of more than 5 m, there must be at least one sucker at the starboard and on the bord.
7.
The aft piek can be drained via an easily accessible self-closing fixture to the main engine room.
8.
Two-glare tubes of individual departments must be connected to the main pipe by a non-return check valve.
Departments or other rooms, which are called ballast cells , only a simple shut-off device needs to be connected to the lence system. This does not apply to cargo spaces, which are set up for ballast reception. The filling of such cargo spaces with ballast water must be carried out by means of a ballast line, which is separate from the line, or by double lines, which are used as flexible lines or by means of movable intermediate pieces with the main line. can be connected. Bottom valves are not allowed for this.
9.
Load space images must be provided with any possible options.
10.
If a bilge system with permanently installed pipes is available, shut-off elements must be placed in the bilge tubes for the collection of oil-containing water. and, in the closed state, shall be provided by a commission of inquiry with a Plombe. The number and position of these shut-off devices must be entered in the ship test.
11.
A seal in accordance with point 10 shall be regarded as equivalent. The key or keys for the locks of the shut-off devices must be appropriately marked in an easily accessible and marked location in the machine room.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.09 Device for collecting oil-containing water and used oil

1.
During operation, oil-containing water must be able to be collected on board. The machine room bilge is considered to be a collection container.
2.
For the collection of waste oils, one or more special containers must be present in machinery spaces, the Space content of at least 1.5 times the amount of waste oil from the oil wells of all installed internal combustion engines and gearboxes, as well as the quantity of hydraulic oil from the hydraulic oil tanks.
Connection ports for emptying these tanks must be European Standard EN 1305: 1996.
3.
For ships that are only used on short distances, the Commission of Inquiry may derobe from point 2. Allow.
unofficial table of contents

§ 8.10 ships noise

1.
The engines ' driving noises, in particular intake and exhaust noise of the engines, are suitable for
2.
2.
The driving noise of the ships at a lateral distance of 25 m from the curb must not exceed 75 dB (A).
3.
In the case of breast-feeding ships, with the exception of the envelope, the noise at a lateral distance of 25 m from the onboard wall shall be 65 dB (A)

Chapter 9
Electrical Assets

Non-tamous Table of Contents

§ 9.01 General Provisions

1.
Missing for certain parts of a Where specific provisions are laid down, the degree of safety shall be considered sufficient if the parts in question are manufactured in accordance with a European standard in force or in accordance with the rules of a recognised classification society.
Required documents must be submitted to the Commission of Inquiry.
2.
On board, the following must be provided by the Inquiry Commission Documents are:
a)
Overview plans of the electrical system as a whole;
b)
Plans of the main, emergency and distribution panels, specifying the most important technical data, such as backup rated current levels, switching devices;
c)
Performance information about electrical equipment;
d)
Cable types with specification of the Conductor cross-sections.
On unmanned vehicles, these documents do not need to be on board, but must be available at any time by the owner.
3.
Installations must be designed for continuous inclinations of the ship up to 15 ° and for ambient temperatures inside 0 ° C to + 40 ° C and on deck from -20 ° C to + 40 ° C. You must work properly up to these limit values.
4.
Electrical and electronic assets and devices must be easily accessible and maintenance-friendly.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.02 power supply systems

1.
On vehicles with an electrical system, their energy supply must in principle consist of at least two energy sources, so that in case of failure of an energy source the remaining energy source is able to operate consumers required for safe driving for at least 30 minutes.
2.
The adequate dimensioning the energy supply must be demonstrated by a current account. An appropriate simultaneity factor can be taken into account.
3.
Independent of point 1 applies to the energy sources of control devices (rowing systems) § 6.04.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.03 Protection against touching, penetration of foreign bodies and water

The minimum protection nature of the installed parts of an asset must correspond to the installation location according to the following table:

Place of installation Minimum protection type
(according to IEC-Publ. 60529: 1992)
Generators Engines Transformers switchboards distributions switching devices Installation material Lights
Operating, machine and rowing machine rooms IP 22 IP 22 IP 22(2) IP 22(1) (2) IP 44 IP 22
Laderspaces IP 55 IP 55
battery and color spaces  IP 44
u. (Ex)(3)
Free deck, open control stands IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55
Closed Wheelhouse IP 22 IP 22 IP 22 IP 22 IP 22
Apartments except plumbing and wet rooms IP 22 IP 20 IP 20
Sanitary and wet rooms IP 44 IP 44 IP 44 IP 55 IP 44
:
(1)
For devices with high heat development: IP 12.
(2)
If the type of protection is not guaranteed by the device itself, the display area must be the type of protection, as indicated in the panel,
(3)
Electrical setup of certified security type, as
a)
European Standards EN 50014: 1997; 50015: 1998; 50016: 2002; 50017: 1998; 50018: 2000; 50019: 2000 and 50020: 2002, or
b)
the corresponding IEC 60079 publications in the 1. October 2003 valid version.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.04 explosion protection

In rooms in which may accumulate explosive gases or gas mixtures (such as in battery compartments or in rooms intended for the storage of readily flammable substances), only electrical equipment in explosion-proof design (certified security) allowed. Switching devices for luminaires and for other electrical appliances may not be installed in these rooms. The explosion protection must correspond to the properties of the explosive gases and gas mixtures which occur (explosion group, temperature class). unofficial table of contents

§ 9.05 Schutzerdung

1.
For attachments with voltages above 50 V, a protection grounding is required.
2.
Not operating under Stress-free metal parts which are accessible to the contact, such as the basic frames and housings of machines, equipment and lamps, must be separately grounded, unless they are metallically conductive by the type of installation of the vessel with the hull.
3.
The housing of mobile consumers and handheld devices must be provided by an additional protective conductor, not in operation, in the Connection cable is grounded.
This does not apply when using protection isolation transformers and in devices with protective insulation (double isolation).
4.
The Cross-section of the protective conductor must correspond to at least the information of the following table:

Outlet Cross Section
[mm²]
Minimum guard wire cross-section
in isolated cables
[mm²]
separately routed
[mm²]
0, 5 to 4 equal to the outer conductor cross section 4
> 4 to 16 equal to the outer conductor cross section equal to the outer conductor cross section
> 16 to 35 16 16
> 35 to 120 equal to half Outer conductor cross section equal to half the outer conductor cross section
> 120 7070
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.06 allowed maximum voltages

1.
Tensions must not exceed the following values:

Type of asset Allowed max. Voltage
DC AC turntable current
a) Power and heating systems, including the general used sockets 250 V 250 V 500 V
b)Lighting, Command, and Reporting facilities, including the commonly used sockets 250 V 250 V-
c) Power sockets for power supply of handheld devices used on open decks or in narrow or wet metallic spaces, except for boilers and tanks
1.
general
50 V(1) 50 V(1)-
2.
using a protection or separation transformer that feeds only one
- 250 V(2)-
3.
when using protective insulation devices (double isolation)
250 V 250 V-
d) Local Consumer such as electrical equipment of containers, plug-on motors, transportable fans or pumps, which are normally not moved during operation and whose conductive parts accessible to the contact via a protective conductor in the connecting cable are grounded and which are connected to the hull by their installation or by another conductor, except by this protective conductor 250 V 250 V 500 V
e) Power sockets for power supply Handheld devices used in boilers and tanks 50 V(1) 50 V(1)-
:
(1)
When this voltage is generated from higher voltage networks, a galvanic separation (Security transformer will be used.
(2)
The secondary circuit must be all-pole isolated against mass its.
2.
With respect to the necessary protective measures, higher voltages are allowed for:

a)
Power Plants, whose performance requires this;
b)
onboard special facilities such as radio equipment and detonators.
unofficial Table of Contents

§ 9.07 Distribution Systems

1.
For DC and 1-phase AC The following distribution systems are allowed:
a)
2-ladder, of which one is grounded (L1/N/PE);
b)
1-Head and hull return line, only for locally limited installations (such as starter systems of an internal combustion engine, cathodic corrosion protection) (L1/PEN);
c)
2-conductor isolated from the hull (L1/L2/PE).
2.
For three-phase current (3-phase AC) the following distribution systems are allowed:
a)
4-ladder with geerdetem star point without ship-body return (L1/L2/L3/N/PE) = (TN-S-net) or (TT-network);
b)
3-conductor isolated from the hull (L1/L2/L3/PE) = (LT-network);
c)
3-conductor systems with geerdetem starpoint and ship return line, but not for end circuits (L1/L2/L3/PEN).
3.
The Inquiry Commission can allow the use of other systems.
Table of Contents

§ 9.08 Connection to Land or other external networks

1.
Feed lines of Land networks and other external networks for on-board electrical systems must be able to be connected on board by means of fixed terminals or fixed plug devices. Cable connections must not be allowed to be loaded on a train.
2.
The hull must be able to be effectively grounded at a connection voltage of over 50 V. Grounding connections must be particularly marked.
3.
By switching devices of the connectors, it must be ensured that a parallel operation of the On-board power generators with the land network or any other external network are avoided. Short-term parallel operation for switching without voltage interruption of the systems is allowed.
4.
The connection must be protected against short-circuit and overload.
5.
On the main switchboard, you must see if the connector is under tension.
6.
Display devices must be installed in order to compare the polarity and the phase sequence of the connection with the ship's network when the DC current is used.
7.
An indication panel at the port must be specified:
a)
the measures to be taken to make the connector;
b)
Current type and nominal voltage, at AC additionally the frequency.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.09 Electricity delivery to other vehicles

1.
If power is delivered to other vehicles, a separate connector must be present. When using plug-in devices for the power supply to other vehicles for rated currents of more than 16 A, means (such as switches or latches) should be provided for the production or disconnection of the connection only in the currentless condition
2.
Cable connections must not be allowed to be loaded on a train.
3.
§ 9.08 Nos. 3 to 7 shall apply mutaficly.
Non-official table of contents

§ 9.10 Generators and engines

1.
Generators, motors and their terminal boxes must be used for viewing, measuring, and repairs shall be accessible. The protection class must correspond to the place of installation (§ 9.03).
2.
Generators, which are used by the main machine, the propeller shaft or any other purpose. If the auxiliary unit is driven, the speed range that occurs in operation must be correspondingly dimensioned.
unofficial contents of the table of contents

§ 9.11 accumulators

1.
accumulators must be accessible and set up in such a way that they are Movements of the ship cannot be moved. They must not be placed in places where they are exposed to excessive heat, extreme cold, splash water or fumes.

You may not be housed in tax houses, apartments and lodgings. This does not apply to accumulators in portable devices and to accumulators having a charging power of less than 0.2 kW.
2.
accumulators with a charging power of more than 2.0 kW-calculated from the maximum charging current and rated voltage of the accumulators, taking into account the charging characteristics of the loading equipment-must be accommodated in a special room. When mounted on deck, the accommodation is in a cupboard.

accumulators with a loading capacity of up to 2.0 kW may also be placed under deck in a cabinet or box. They may also be open in a machine room or other well-ventilated places; in such cases, they must be protected against falling objects and drip water.
3.
Interior surfaces of all rooms, cabinets or boxes provided for accumulators, shelves and other devices must be protected against the harmful effects of electrolyte
4.
Closed rooms, cabinets or boxes in which accumulators are installed must be able to be effectively ventilated. Artificial ventilation shall be provided in the case of charges of more than 2 kW for nickel-cadmium accumulators and more than 3 kW for lead accumulators.

The supply air shall be supplied at the bottom in such a way as to remove the exhaust air at the top in such a way as to ensure that the exhaust air is properly withdrawn. of the gases. Ventilation ducts shall not contain devices such as shut-off valves which impede the free passage of air.
5.
The required air quantity Q shall be as follows: Calculate the formula:

= 0,11-1-n [m3/h].


In this formula:
l = ¼ of the maximum load of the load device in A;
n = number of cells.


In the buffer circuit, accumulators with the on-board electrical system, other methods of calculation of the required amount of air may be authorised by the Commission of Inquiry, provided that they are laid down in accordance with the provisions of the recognised Classification societies or relevant standards.
6.
In the case of natural ventilation, the cross-section of the air ducts shall be such that the cross-section of the air ducts shall be such that the air ducts Air velocity of 0.5 m/s the required air quantity is reached. However, the cross-section must be at least 80 cm2 for lead accumulators and 120 cm2 for nickel-cadmium accumulators.
7.
With artificial ventilation A fan, preferably an exhaust fan, must be present, the engine of which must not be arranged in the gas or air flow.

This fan must be designed to provide sparking when a wing is in contact with the fan housing, and electrostatic charging is excluded.
8.
A symbol for "fire, open light and light," and " on the doors or lids of accumulator rooms, cabinets or boxes must be closed. Smoking prohibited " according to Figure 2 of Appendix I, with a diameter of at least 10 cm.
Non-official table of contents

§ 9.12 Switchboards

1.
switchboards
a)
Devices, switches, fuses and instruments in circuit boards have to be arranged in a clear manner and for Maintenance and repair work can be made available.
Clamping strips for voltages up to 50 V and those for voltages above 50 V must be arranged separately and marked accordingly.
b)
On the control panels, label signs must be mounted for all switches and devices with the power circuit.
saves with rated current and current circuit
c)
Find devices with an operating voltage of more than 50 V behind the doors, so that the voltage-carrying parts of these devices must not be unintentional. Contact with open doors.
d)
Materials for control panels must be mechanically fixed, durable, flame retardant, self-extinguishing and must not be used. hygroscopic.
e)
If NH-fuse inserts are installed in the control panels, appropriate aids and body protection equipment are available in the vicinity of the control panels. Pulling and setting of these inserts.
2.
Switch, protective devices
a)
Generator and consumer circuits must be short-circuiting in each non-grounded ladder and Overcurrent is protected. For this purpose, switching devices with short-circuit and overcurrent release or fusing fuses can be used.
Power circuits for the electric drive of control devices (rudder systems) and their control circuits can only be used against Short circuit protected. If thermal triggers are present in power breakers, they must be rendered ineffective or must be set to at least twice the rated current.
b)
Consumer declines from the main switchboard must be equipped with power switches or power switches at power levels above 16A.
c)
consumers, which are necessary for ship propulsion, control equipment (rowing systems), rudder deposit indicators, navigation and safety systems, as well as consumers with A nominal current of more than 16 A must be fed via a separate circuit.
d)
Power circuits for the consumer, for the ship drive and the maneuvering are required, must be fed directly from the main switchboard.
e)
Switching devices must be in accordance with their rated current, their thermal and dynamic properties. Strength as well as its switching capacity. Switches must switch all conductors under tension at the same time. The switch position must be recognizable.
f)
fuse inserts must have a closed melting space and made of a ceramic or equivalent material. exist. They must be able to be replaced in such a way that there is no risk of contact for the operator
3.
Measurement and monitoring equipment
a)
For generator, accumulators, and distribution circuits, the must be for safe operation of the system. necessary measuring and monitoring equipment.
b)
In the case of ungrounded networks with a voltage above 50 V, a suitable Ground connection monitoring device with optical and acoustic warning is present. For secondary installations, such as control circuits, an earth-connection monitoring device can be dispensed with
4.
lineup of switchboards
a)
Switching panels must be set up in well-accessible and sufficiently ventilated spaces in such a way that they are protected against water and mechanical damage.
pipelines and air ducts must be arranged in such a way that the switchgear is not endangered in the event of leakages. If it cannot be avoided in the vicinity of control panels, the pipes in this area must not have any detachable connections.
b)
Cabinets and niches, in Open switching devices must be made of flame retardant material or be protected by a lining with metal or other non-combustible material.
c)
The main switchboards have to be fitted with insulating grenings or mats at voltages above 50 V
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.13 emergency shutdown devices

For oil combustion plants, fuel pumps, fuel separators, and machine room fans, need to be outside of the installation spaces the central location of emergency switch-off devices. unofficial table of contents

§ 9.14 installation material

1.
The cabling to be connected must be sized and tuned to the cable types used.
2.
Power sockets of different distribution systems with different voltages or frequencies must be unmistakable.
3.
switches must switch all non-grounded conductors of a power circuit at the same time. In non-grounded networks, single-pole switches are permitted in lighting circuits of residential areas, except in washing and bath rooms, as well as other wet cells.
4.
Power levels above 16 A must be so locked with a switch that neither plugging nor pulling of the plug under current is possible.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 9.15 Cable

1.
Cable must be flame retardant, self-extinguishing and resistant to water and oil.
In the apartments, the use of other types of cables can be found under the condition shall be approved to be effective, flame retardant and self-extinguishing.
To determine the flame retardancy of electrical cables, the following shall be: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
IEC publications 60332-1: 1993, 60332-3: 2000, and
b)
equivalent rules of one of the Rhine States or Belgians
acknowledged.
2.
For power and lighting systems, cables with a minimum conductor cross-section per wire of 1.5 mm2 must be used.
3.
Metal reinforcements, shields and jackets of Cables may not be used as conductors or conductors.
4.
Metal shields and jackets of cables in power and lighting equipment must be used. at least at one end.
5.
The dimensioning of the conductor cross-section must be the maximum permissible conductor end temperature (current load capacity) as well as the permissible maximum permissible conductor end temperature (maximum permissible maximum conductor temperature). Voltage case. The latter may not exceed 5% for lighting and 7% for power and heating, based on the rated voltage, between the main switchboard and the most unfavorable point of the installation.
6.
Cable must be protected against the danger of mechanical damage.
7.
By fixing the cable must be able to ensure that any tensile loads that may occur remain within the permitted limits.
8.
If cables are routed through bulkheads or decks, mechanical strength, tightness and fire resistance of these bulkheads and decks will not be affected by the cable ducts.
9.
Final closures and Connections of all conductors shall be such that the original electrical, mechanical, fire-retardant and, if necessary, fire-resistant properties of the cable are retained. The number of cable connections must be kept to a minimum.
10.
The cable to movable control houses must be sufficiently flexible and have insulation. which has a sufficient flexibility of up to -20 ° C and is particularly resistant to vapours, UV rays and ozone.
Non-official Table of Contents

§ 9.16 Lighting systems

1.
Luminaires must be placed in such a way that combustible objects or components cannot be ignited by the heat generated by the luminaires.
2.
Lights on the open deck shall be arranged in such a way that: that the visibility of the signal lights is not impaired.
3.
If there are two or more luminaires in a machine or boiler room, they must be at least two circuits are distributed. This also applies to rooms with refrigerating machines, hydraulic machines or electric motors.
Non-official table of contents

§ 9.17 Signalleuchten

1.
Control panels for signal lights must be mounted in the wheelhouse. They must be powered by a separate cable from the main switchboard or can be supplied by two independent sub-distributions.
2.
Signed lights must be individually fed, protected, and connected from the signal lights panel.
3.
A failure of the devices according to § 7.05 No. 2 must not affect the operation of the luminaires that they are monitoring.
4.
Several local and functionally related luminaires are allowed to be fed, switched, and monitored together. The monitoring device must already report the failure of a lamp. In double-decker signal lights (two signal lights built on top of each other in a chassis), both light sources must not be able to be operated simultaneously.
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.18 (without content)

- unofficial table of contents

§ 9.19 Alarm and security systems for machinery equipment

Alarm and safety systems for the monitoring and protection of machine equipment must meet the following requirements:
a)
Alarm systems:
alarm systems are designed to cause an error in the alarm system not to fail in the
Binary transmitters are to be executed in the closed-circuit principle or as a monitored working flow principle.
Optical alarms should remain visible until the disturbance is eliminated; a acknowledged alarm should be can be distinguished from a non-quitted person. Each alarm can also be reported acoustically. Acoustic alarms must be able to be erased. Deleting an acoustic alarms does not prevent the triggering of an alarm caused by new causes.
For alarm systems with less than 5 measurement points, deviations from this are possible.
b)
Security Systems:
Safety systems must be designed to shut down, reduce, or keep the vulnerable plant before critical operating conditions are reached
Binary transmitters are to be executed in the working flow principle.
If security systems are not self-monitoring, their function must be verifiable.
Security systems are from other systems
unofficial table of contents

§ 9.20 electronic assets

1.
General
The audit requirements as set out in point 2 are applicable only to electronic devices that are Control equipment (rowing systems) and machinery for the propulsion of the vehicle, including its peripherals, are required.
2.
Testing requirements
a)
The following test claims should not be allowed to cause damage or malfunction of electronic devices . The tests in accordance with the relevant international standards (such as IEC publication 60092504: 2001) must be carried out except for the cold test with the device switched on, the function being checked.
b)
Tension And Frequency Deviations

Operating size Deviation
persistently Short-term
General Frequency ± 5% ± 10% 5 s
Voltage ± 10% ± 20% 1.5 s
Battery mode Voltage + 30%/-25
c)
Heat test
The test specimen is heated to 55 ° C within half an hour and after reaching the The temperature is maintained at this temperature for 16 hours. A functional test is then performed.
d)
Refrigeration test
The test item is cooled down to -25 ° C in the switched-off state and for 2 hours on the test piece. Temperature held. The temperature is then increased to 0 ° C and a function test is carried out.
e)
vibration testing
vibration tests should be performed with the resonance frequency of the Equipment or components in all three axes for the duration of 90 minutes each. If no strong resonance is detected, the vibration test is performed at 30 Hz.
The vibration test is performed with sinusoidal vibration within the following limits:
General:
f = 2.0 to 13.2 Hz; a = ± 1 mm(amplitude a = ½ swing width);
f = 13.2 Hz to 100 Hz; acceleration ± 0.7g.
means to be installed on diesel engines or rowing machines are to be checked as follows:
f = 2,0 to 25 Hz; a = ± 1,6mm(amplitude a = ½ swing width);
f = 25 Hz to 100 Hz; acceleration ± 4g.
for installation in exhaust gas lines of diesel engines can be subject to significantly higher loads. This is to be taken into consideration during the tests.
f)
Electromagnetic compatibility tests are based on the international standards IEC publications 610004-2: 1995, 61000-4-3: 2002, 6100044: 1995 with a degree of test sharpness 3.
g)
The proof that the electronic devices are subject to these test requirements is sufficient to be supplied by the manufacturer. The certificate of a recognized classification society is also valid as proof
Non-official table of contents

§ 9.21 Electromagnetic compatibility

Electrical and electronic equipment must not be affected by electromagnetic interference in its function. General measures should extend equally to
a)
the decoupling of the transmission routes between the source of interference and the interference sink;
b)
the reduction of the causes of interference to the sources of interference;
c)
the reduction of interference sensitivity to the jamming.

Chapter 10
Equipment

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 10.01 Anchor Equipment

1.
Ships intended for the carriage of goods, other than carrier ships lighter with L of not more than 40 m, must be equipped with jack core, the total mass P of which shall be The formula to calculate is:

P = k-B-T [kg].


In this formula:
k coefficient that is the ratio of L and B as well as the type of the vehicle:


for Schubleichter, however, is to set k = c;

c Experience number according to the following table:

Load-bearing capability Experience number c
up to 400 t45
over 400 t to 650 t55
over 650 t to 1 000 t 65
over 1 000 t70


The commission of inquiry may allow Ships with a load-bearing capacity of not more than 400 tonnes, which are used only on short-determined routes because of their design and purpose, only 2/3 of the total mass P are required for bugankers.
2.
Passenger ships and ships not intended for the carriage of goods, other than drawers, must be equipped with jack core, the total mass of which is P according to the following formula: :

= k-B-T [kg].


For passenger ships that are destined to return below km 885 (Emmerich), , however, calculate the total mass P according to the following formula:

P = k-B + 4 Af [kg].


In these formulas:
kcoefficient according to number 1, but in determining the experience number c the displacement noted in the ship test in m3 instead of the load-bearing capacity;
Affrontal wind attack surface in m2

3.
Ships in accordance with point 1 with L of not more than 86 m must be equipped with a rear core, the total mass of which is 25% of the mass P.
ships with L of more 86 m must be equipped with a rear-wheel core, the total mass of which is 50% of the mass P according to the number 1 or 2.
The equipment with the rear core is free of:
a)
Ships for which a total mass of heckankers of less than 150 kg would result; for ships in accordance with the last sentence of point 1, the reduced bugankermass is based on ;
b)
Shower.
4.
Ships that move from rigid associations Of not more than 86 m, shall be fitted with rear-end anchorage core, the total mass of which shall be 25% of the largest mass P for the constellations approved in the ship test (considered as nautical unit) in accordance with point 1;
ships intended for the advancement of rigid groups of more than 86 m in the valley voyage shall be equipped with a rear-wheel core, the total mass of which is 50% of the largest mass P used for the ship test shall be calculated as nautical unit (considered as nautical unit) in accordance with point 1.
5.
Anchor masses determined in accordance with points 1 to 4 may be used in the case of certain Special anchors are reduced.
6.
The total mass P required for bugankers can be distributed on one or two anchors. It may be reduced by 15% if the ship is equipped with only one buganker and the anchor blade is arranged in the central longitudinal plane.
The total mass required for Heckanker may be used for drawers and ships with L of more than
The mass of the lighter anchor must not be less than 45% of this total mass.
7.
Anchor of cast iron are not allowed.
8.
Anchors must be permanently marked with their mass in raised writing.
9.
For anchors with a mass of more than 50 kg, anchor winches must be present.
10.
Bugankerketten must have the following minimum length in each case:
a)
40 m for ships with L of not more than 30 m;
b)
10 m more than L, if L is between 30 and 50 m;
c)
60 m for ships with L of more than 50 m.
Chains of the Heckankers must be at least 40 m long. However, ships that need to be able to stop bug to valley must have Heckank chains of at least 60 m in length.
11.
The minimum breaking force R of an anchor chain is calculate the following formulas:
a)
for anchors with a mass of up to 500 kg:
R = 0,35-P ' [kN];
b)
for anchors with a mass over 500 to 2000 kg:
c)
anchor with a mass above 2000 kg:
R = 0.25-P '[kN].


In these formulas
P' theoretical mass of the individual anchor determined in accordance with points 1 to 4 and 6.


The breaking strength of the anchor chains is to be found in the standards applicable in one of the Rhine States or Belgium.
12.
If heavier anchors are chosen than those given in points 1 to 6, the minimum breaking force of the anchor chain is to be determined according to the greater mass present.
If such heavier anchors and the associated stronger anchor chains are on board, only the target values for the anchor masses and for the minimum breaking forces according to points 1 to 6 and 11 shall be included in the ship test
13.
Connection parts (vertebrae) between the anchor and the chain must be able to withstand a tensile force that is 20% higher than the breaking force of the corresponding chain. is.
14.
Wire ropes instead of the anchor chains are allowed. Wire ropes must have the same breaking strength as the required anchor chains, but their length must be 20% greater.
Table of Contents

§ 10.02 Other Equipment

1.
The following equipment after the Rheinschifffahrtspolizeiverordnung must at least be present:
a)
Speech funder;
b)
Devices and devices that are used to give the required view-and
c)
replacement lights, independent of the on-board electrical system, for the required lights for the vessel Quiesce
In addition, at least the following containers must be present:
a)
labeled containers for household waste;
b)
each one labeled container made of steel or another shock-proof and non-flammable material with a tightly closing cover of sufficient size, but at least 10 l of contents, for the inclusion of the
aa)
oil-containing plaster tabs,
bb)
solid hazardous waste,
cc)
Liquid Special Waste,
dd)
Slops,
ee)
other fat-containing ship wastes.
The containers after the double letters cc and dd are required only if this waste is obtained.
2.
In addition, at least one must be:
a)
Wire ropes for celebration:
ships must be equipped with three wire ropes for mooring. Your minimum length must be:
rope: L + 20 m, but not more than 100 m,
Second rope: 2/3 of the first cable. Rope,
Third rope: 1/3 of the first rope
ships with L of less than 20 m, the shortest rope can be dispensed with. These wire ropes must be designed for a minimum breaking force RS, to be calculated according to the following formula:





For the prescribed wire ropes, a certificate according to European Standard EN 10 204: 1991, certificate 3.1, must be on board. These wire ropes may be replaced by other ropes of the same length and minimum breakage force. The minimum breaking force for these ropes must be proven in a certificate.
b)
Wire ropes for towing:
tugs must be used with one of their uses
The main wire rope must, however, be at least 100 m long and its breaking force in kN must correspond to at least one third of the total power in kW of the prime mover (s).
For towing Appropriate motor ships and thrust boats shall be equipped at least with a towing wire rope of 100 m length, the breaking force of which in kN corresponds to at least one quarter of the total power in kW of the engine (s);
c)
a sausage;
d)
a land web of at least 0.40 m wide and at least 4 m in length, the sides of which are are marked by a light strip, and this land must be provided with a railing. In the case of small vehicles, the Commission of Inquiry can allow shorter land webs;
e)
a boat hook;
f)
a suitable bandbox with a content corresponding to a standard of a Rhine-AnliegerState or of Belgium. The box office must be kept in the apartment or in the tax house and be accommodated in such a way that it can be easily and safely reached if necessary. If the tape boxes are hidden, the cover must be marked with an icon for the tape box in accordance with Annex I, Figure 8, with an edge length of at least 10 cm;
g)
a double glass, 7 x 50 or larger lens diameter;
h)
a poster with hints of rescue and Revival Ertrinkender;
i)
a headlight that can be operated from the control stand.
3.
On ships with an on-board height of more than 1.50 m above the empty waterline, an outboard staircase or ladder must be present.
unofficial table of contents

§ 10.03 Portable fire extinguisher

1.
In the following places, one portable fire extinguisher must be present in accordance with the European standards DIN EN 3-7:2007 and DIN EN 3-8:2007:
a)
in the control house;
b)
in proximity of any entrance from deck to living space;
c)
near any entrance to non-residential premises in which heating, cooking, cooking and heating are or refrigeration equipment which consume solid or liquid fuels or liquefied petroleum gas;
d)
at each input to machinery and boiler rooms;
e)
at appropriate places in the sub-deck of machinery and boiler rooms, so arranged that the path to a fire extinguisher from no point of the room more than 10 meters
2.
Only powder extinguishers with a filling mass of at least 6 kg or other portable devices may be used for the portable fire extinguishers required in paragraph 1. Fire extinguishers of the same extinguishing capacity are used. They must be suitable for fire classes A, B and C. By way of derogation, spray foam fire extinguishers containing up to 20º C of frost-proof water film-forming foam (AFFF-AR) are permitted on ships on which no liquefied gas installations are installed, even if they are not suitable for fire class C. The minimum fill level of these fire extinguishers shall be 9 litres. All fire extinguishers must be suitable for extinguishers in electrical installations up to 1 000 volts.
3.
In addition, powder, wet or foam fire extinguishers may also be used for extinguishers. shall be used at least for the fire class which is most likely to be found in the room for which they are intended.
4.
Portable fire extinguishers with CO2 as Fire-extinguishing agents may only be used for extinguishing fires in kitchens and electrical installations. The filling mass of these fire extinguishers shall not exceed 1 kg each 15 m3 of the volume of space in which they are held and used.
5.
Portable fire extinguishers shall be examined by an expert at least every two years. A certificate signed by the expert shall be affixed to the fire extinguisher from which the date of the examination can be seen.
6.
Fire-extinguishers face up, the cover must be marked by a symbol for fire extinguishers according to Appendix I, Figure 3, with an edge length of at least 10 cm.
unofficial table of contents

§ 10.03a Fest installed fire extinguishing systems for the protection of apartments, tax houses and passenger rooms

1.
Only suitable self-employed for the protection of apartments, tax houses, and passenger spaces Pressure water spray systems are used as permanently installed fire-extinguishing systems.
2.
The plants may only be installed or converted by specialist companies.
3.
The plants must be made of steel or equivalent non-flammable materials.
4.
The Installations must be able to spray at least a water volume of 5 l/m2 in the minute over the area of the largest room to be protected.
5.
Assets that lower quantities of water must have a type-approval in accordance with IMO Resolution A 800 (19) or any other standard approved by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine. Type-approval shall be carried out by a recognised classification society or by an accredited test institution. The accredited testing institution must comply with the European standard on the general requirements for the competence of test and calibration laboratories (EN ISO/IEC 17025: 2000).
6.
The assets are
a)
before the first Startup,
b)
before reactivation after triggering,
c)
before Re-operating after a substantial change or repair and
d)
regularly, but at least every two years,
by an expert check. Tests referred to in point (d) may also be carried out by an expert in a fire-extinguishing specialist.
7.
In the case of the examination referred to in point 6, the to examine whether the annexes comply with the requirements of this paragraph; The check must be at least:
a)
External inspection of the entire asset,
b)
Control of the operability of the safety systems and the nozzles,
c)
Control of the Pressure vessel-pump system.
8.
The test must be issued with a certificate signed by the expert or expert, from which the date of the test of the check.
9.
The number of existing assets is to be noted in the ship test.
A non-official table of contents

§ 10.03b Fest installed fire extinguishing systems for the protection of machinery, boiler and pump rooms

1.
Delete
For the protection of machines, boilers, and pump rooms, must be installed in fixed Fire extinguishers use the following fire-extinguishing agents:
a)
CO2 (carbon dioxide);
b)
HFC 227ea (heptafluoropropane);
c)
IG-541 (52% nitrogen, 40% argon, 8%) Carbon dioxide)
d)
FK-5-1-12 (dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one).
Other extinguishing agents are only available on the basis of recommendations issued by the Central Commission for the Rheinschifffahrt allowed.
2.
Ventilation, air intake
a)
Combustion air for the internal combustion engines required in the driving operation must not be sucked out of spaces to be protected by permanently installed fire extinguishing systems. This does not apply if there are two separate, gas-tight separate main machinery spaces or if, in addition to the main engine compartment, there is a separate machine room with a bugreed drive, by means of which in the case of fire in the main engine compartment
b)
An existing forced ventilation of the room to be protected must be automatically activated when the fire extinguishing system is triggered.
c)
There must be devices with which all the openings that can allow air or gas to escape in the space to be protected quickly can be closed. The closure state must be clearly visible.
d)
The air flowing out of the pressure valves from compressed air tanks installed in the engine rooms must be in the Free run.
e)
When the extinguishing agent is flowing in, the excess or negative pressure should not destroy the enclosure components of the space to be protected. The pressure compensation must be free of travel.
f)
Protected spaces must have a means of drawing off the extinguishing agent and the fire gases. If there are suction devices, they must not be able to be switched on during the erasing process
3.
Fire alarm system
The room to be protected is by means of a suitable fire alarm system. The message must be able to be reported in the tax house, in the apartments and in the room to be protected.
4.
Piping system
a)
The extinguishing agent must be guided through a fixed piping system to the space to be protected, and shall be distributed there. Within the space to be protected, the pipes and the fittings belonging thereto must be made of steel. Container connection lines and compensators are excluded, provided that the materials used have equivalent properties in the event of a fire. The pipes must be protected against corrosion both in-and out-of-wall.
b)
The outlet nozzles must be dimensioned and fitted in such a way that the extinguishing agent is evenly distributed. is distributed. In particular, the extinguishing agent must also operate under the floor panels.
5.
triggering device
a)
Fire extinguishing systems with auto-triggering are not allowed.
b)
The fire extinguishing system must be able to be triggered at a suitable location outside the room to be protected.
c)
Tripping devices must be installed in such a way that they can be activated even in the event of fire and in case of damage caused by fire or explosion in the room to be protected the quantity of extinguishing agent required for this purpose can be supplied.
Non-mechanical tripping devices must be supplied by two different sources of energy independent of each other. These energy sources have to be protected from outside the Room are located. Control lines in the protected area must be designed in such a way that they remain operational for at least 30 minutes in the event of a fire. For electrical wiring, this requirement is satisfied if it complies with the IEC 60 33121: 1999 standard.
If tripping devices are installed hidden, the cover must be provided with the "fire extinguishing equipment" symbol in accordance with Annex I, Figure 6. an edge length of at least 10 cm and the following text in red font on a white background:
"Fire extinguishing device
Installation d' extinction
Brandblusinstallatie".
d)
If the fire extinguishing system is intended to protect several rooms, the triggering devices must be separated and clearly marked for each room.
e)
With each tripping device, a user instruction in German, French and Dutch must be clearly visible and be installed in a permanent version. This must, in particular, provide information about
aa)
fire extinguishing system triggering;
bb)
the need for control that all people have left the space to be protected;
cc)
the Behaviour of the crew on triggering and on entering the room to be protected after triggering or flooding, in particular with regard to the possible occurrence of dangerous substances;
dd)
the behavior of the crew in the case of a fire extinguishing system failure.
f)
The Instructions for use must point out that, before the fire extinguishing system is triggered, the internal combustion engines placed in the room shall be put out of service with air intake from the room to be protected
6.
Warning System
a)
Fixed built-in Fire extinguishing systems must be equipped with an acoustic and optical warning system.
b)
The warning system must be automatically activated during the first actuation of the warning system. Fire extinguishing system is triggered. The warning signal must be given an appropriate time before the extinguishing agent is delivered and must not be switched off.
c)
The warning signals must be in the rooms to be protected, as well as be clearly visible before their access, and can also be clearly audible under the operating conditions with the greatest noise. They must be clearly distinguished from all other acoustic and optical signal signs in the space to be protected.
d)
The acoustic warning signals must also be used in the case of closed connecting doors under the operating conditions with the largest inherent noise in the adjacent rooms.
e)
If the warning system is not If it is self-monitoring with respect to short circuit, wire breakage and voltage drop, its function must be verifiable.
f)
At each entrance of a room, the A sign with the following text must be clearly visible in red text on a white background:
" Caution, fire extinguishing device!
When the warning signal is killed (description of the signal) the room must be clearly visible in red text. leave immediately!
Attention, installation d' extinction d' incendie
quitter immédiatement ce local au signal (description du signal)!
Let op, brandblusinstallatie!
Bij het in werking treden van het alarmsignaal (omschrijving van het signaal) deze ruimte onmiddellijk verlaten! ".
7.
Pressure vessels, fittings and pressure lines
a)
Pressure vessels, fittings and pressure lines must be found in one of the Rhine-States or Belgium,
b)
Pressure vessels must be set up in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
c)
Pressure containers, fittings, and pressure lines must not be installed in apartments.
d)
Temperature in the cabinets and installation spaces of the pressure vessels must not exceed 50 ° C.
e)
Cabinets or erection rooms on deck must be firmly anchored and have ventilation openings, which are to be arranged in such a way that, in the event of leakage of the pressure vessels, no escaping gas can penetrate into the ship's sense of the ship. Direct connections to other rooms are not allowed.
8.
Quantity of extinguishing agent
Is the amount of fire-extinguishing agent to protect more than one room , the total amount of available fire-extinguishing agent does not need to be greater than the amount required for the largest room to be protected.
9.
Installation, Review, and Documentation
a)
The installation may only be installed or converted by a fire-extinguishing specialist company. The requirements (product data sheet, safety data sheet) of the extinguishing agent manufacturer and the plant manufacturer must be observed.
b)
The installation is
aa)
before the first startup,
bb)
before reactivation after release,
cc)
before reactivation after a substantial Change or repair, and
dd)
regularly, but at least every two years,
by an expert. Tests according to the double letter dd may also be carried out by an expert in a fire-extinguishing specialist.
c)
In the course of the examination, the expert has or the expert to check whether the installation complies with the requirements of this paragraph.
d)
The test shall include at least:
aa)
exterior inspection of the whole setup;
bb)
checking the piping for tightness;
cc)
Control of the operability of the operating and operating systems. Triggering systems;
dd)
Control of container pressure and content;
ee)
Control of the container pressure and content;
Tightness and closing devices of the room to be protected;
ff)
Fire detection system testing;
gg)
checking the warning system.
e)
The review is a matter of expert or expert
f)
The number of fire-extinguishing systems permanently installed is in the ship's test
10.
CO2 fire-extinguishing systems
Fire extinguishing systems, which are operated with CO2 as extinguishing agents, must be subject to the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 9. in addition to the following provisions:
a)
CO2 containers must be outside the space to be protected be housed in a room or cabinet separated by gas from other rooms. The doors of these installation rooms and cabinets must be opened to the outside, lockable and on the outside with a symbol for "warning of general danger" according to Annex I, picture 4 with a height of at least 5 cm and the addition of "CO2" in of the same colouring and height.
b)
In-deck spaces for CO2 containers may only be accessible from the outside. These rooms must have their own ventilation systems, which are completely separate from other ventilation systems on board, and have suction shafts.
c)
The Fill level of containers with CO2 must not exceed 0.75 kg/l. For the specific volume of the expanded CO2 gas, 0.56 m3/kg is to be used.
d)
The volume of CO2 for the space to be protected must be at least 40% of its gross tonnage. This volume must be able to be supplied within 120 seconds. The supply must be controllable.
e)
The opening of the container valves and the actuation of the flood valve must be carried out by separate operating actions.
f)
The appropriate time referred to in point 6 (b) shall be at least 20 seconds. The delay up to the release of the CO2 gas must be ensured by means of a reliable device.
11.
HFC-227ea-Fire extinguishing systems
Fire-extinguishing systems operated with HFC-227ea as extinguishing agents shall comply with the following provisions beyond the requirements specified in paragraphs 1 to 9:
a)
If there are multiple rooms to be protected with different gross tonnage, each room is to be equipped with its own fire extinguishing system.
b)
Each container that contains HFC-227ea and is set up in the room to be protected must be equipped with an overpressure fuse. This has the contents of the container safely delivered to the room to be protected, if the container is exposed to fire effects and the fire extinguishing system has not been triggered.
c)
Each container must be equipped with a device that allows control of the gas pressure.
d)
The fill level of the containers must not exceed 1.15 kg/l. For the specific volume of the relaxed HFC-227ea, it is necessary to base 0.1374 m3/kg.
e)
The volume of HFC-227ea for the space to be protected has to be at least 8% of its gross tonnage. This volume must be supplied within 10 seconds.
f)
The HFC-227ea containers are to be equipped with a pressure monitoring system, which can be used in the control house for a single control unit. unallowable loss of propellant causes an audible and visual alarm signal. If there is no control house, this alarm signal must be sent outside the room to be protected.
g)
After flooding, the concentration in the room to be protected must not be allowed. be no greater than 10.5%.
h)
The fire-extinguishing system must not contain any parts of aluminum.
12.
IG-541-Fire extinguishers
Fire extinguishing systems operated with IG-541 as extinguishing medium must comply with the following requirements beyond the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 9 matches:
a)
There are several rooms to be protected with different gross tonnage, Each room shall be provided with its own fire extinguishing system.
b)
Each container containing IG-541 and situated in the room to be protected shall be equipped with a To be equipped with an overpressure protection. This has the contents of the container safely delivered to the room to be protected, if the container is exposed to fire effects and the fire extinguishing system has not been triggered.
c)
Each container must be equipped with a device that allows the content to be checked.
d)
The filling pressure of the containers must not exceed 200 bar at + 15 ° C.
e)
The volume of IG-541 for the container Room to be protected must be at least 44% and must not exceed 50% of its gross tonnage. This volume must be supplied within 120 seconds.
13.
FK-5-1-12 fire-extinguishing systems
Fire extinguishing systems with FK-5-1-12 as extinguishing agent , must comply with the following provisions beyond the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 9:
a)
If there are multiple rooms to be protected with different gross tonnage, each room is to be equipped with its own fire extinguishing system.
b)
Each container, which contains FK-5-1-12 and is placed in the room to be protected, must be equipped with an overpressure fuse. This has the contents of the container safely delivered to the room to be protected, if the container is exposed to fire effects and the fire extinguishing system has not been triggered.
c)
Each container must be equipped with a device that allows control of the gas pressure.
d)
The fill level of the containers must not exceed 1.00 kg/l. For the specific volume of the relaxed FK-5-1-12, 0,0719 m3/kg are to be used.
e)
The volume of FK-5-1-12 for the space to be protected must be at least 5.5% of its gross tonnage. This volume must be supplied within 10 seconds.
f)
The FK-5-1-12 containers are to be provided with a pressure monitor, which is located in the control house at a unallowable loss of propellant causes an audible and visual alarm signal. If there is no control house, this alarm signal must be outside the room to be protected.
g)
After flooding, the concentration in the room to be protected must be allowed to: not greater than 10.0%.
unofficial table of contents

§ 10.03c Fest installed fire-extinguishing systems for object protection

For the protection of the object is permitted only on the basis of recommendations issued by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine. unofficial table of contents

§ 10.04 Beiboote

1.
The following vehicles must be fitted with a dinghy in accordance with the European Standard EN 1914: 1997:
a)
Motor ships and drag cocks with more than 150 t load-bearing capacity;
b)
Slow and drawers with more than 150 m3 water displacement;
c)
floating Devices;
d)
Passenger ships.
2.
boats must be within five minutes From the beginning of the first required manual activity, can be safely brought to water by one person. If they are brought to water by means of motor-driven equipment, they must be such that, in the event of a failure of the drive energy, the rapid and safe feeding of the water is not prevented.
3.
Inflatable Dinghies must be verified according to the manufacturer's specifications.
Table of Contents

§ 10.05 Rescue rings and life jackets

1.
On board the vehicles must at least three rescue rings, the
a)
of the European Standard EN 14144: 2003 or
b)
the 1974 International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 1974), Chapter III, Rule 7.1, and the International Convention for the Protection of Life at Sea Rescue equipment (LSA) code paragraph 2.1
.
You must be ready to use at appropriate locations on deck and must not be mounted in your brackets. At least one rescue ring must be located in the immediate vicinity of the control house and be provided with a self-igniting, battery-powered, water-non-extinguishing light.
2.
On board the vehicles, for each person usually on board, a personally assigned automatically inflatable life jacket must be in accordance with the European standards EN 395:1998, EN 396:1998, EN ISO 12402-3: 2006 or EN ISO 12402-4: 2006 ready to handle.
For children, solid vests that meet these standards are also allowed.
3.
The lifejackets must be checked according to the manufacturer's specifications.

Chapter 11
Safety in the workspace

Non-official table of contents

§ 11.01 General

1.
Ships must be built, set up and equipped to ensure that people work safely and can safely use the traffic routes.
2.
For work on board necessary and permanently installed devices must be so designed, arranged and secured that it is easy and safe to operate, use and maintenance can be. Where necessary, movable and hot parts must be provided with protective devices.
A non-official table of contents

§ 11.02 Protection against fall and crashing

1.
Decks and Gangborde must be flat and free of stumbling points; water may be on them.
2.
Decks as well as Gangborde, machine room floors, podests, stairs and pollen covers in the gangbords must be anti-slip
3.
The pollen cover in the gangbords and obstacles in the traffic routes, such as step edges, must be painted in contrast to the surrounding deck.
4.
The outer edges of the decks and those working areas where the height of fall can be more than 1 m must be at least 0,70 m high, or with hatchings of at least 0,70 m height, or , according to the European standard EN 711: 1995, which consist of handrail, intermediate train in knee height and footstrip. In the case of gangbords, a foot strip and a continuous handrail must be present on the hatch. If there are gangboard railing, which cannot be folded, it is possible to dispense with the handrail at the Lukensüll.
5.
In working areas where the fall height is more than 1 The Commission of Inquiry may require appropriate facilities and equipment for safe work.
Non-official Table of contents

§ 11.03 Dimension of jobs

Jobs must be so large that each person employed there has sufficient freedom of movement. Non-official table of contents

§ 11.04 Gangbord

1.
The inside width of the gangbord must be at least 0.60 m. This measure can be reduced to 0.50 m at certain installations necessary for the operation of the ship, such as valves for the deck washing line, up to 0.40 m at pans and cleats.
2.
Up to a height of 0.90 m above the gangboard, the inside width of the gangbord can be reduced to 0.54 m if it has a clear width, between the outer edge of the on-board and the outside edge of the gangboard. Laderauminne edge, of at least 0.65 m. In this case, the clear width of the gangboard can be further reduced to 0.50 m if railing on the outer edges of the Gangborde railings is constructed in accordance with the European standard EN 711: 1995 as a crash safety device. In the case of ships with L of no more than 55 m with apartments only on the back ship, the railing can be dispensed with.
3.
The requirements according to points 1 and 2 shall apply up to a height of 2.00 m above the gangboard.
Non-official table of contents

§ 11.05 Jobs in the workplace

1.
For aisles, accesses and passageways used by people or for the carriage of loads,
a)
must have sufficient space in front of the access openings for unimpeded movement
b)
the clear width of the passages for the purpose of the work stations, but at least 0.60 m; for ships with a B not exceeding 8 m The width of the passages only needs to be 0.50 m;
c)
the clear height of the passages, including the southern height, at least 1,90 m
2.
Doors must be opened and closed safely from both sides. You must be able to secure against unintentional opening or closing.
3.
inputs and outputs, and gears that have height differences of more than 0.50 m, shall be provided with appropriate stairways, climbing or wall sprouts.
4.
The difference in height in permanent jobs shall be more than 1,00 m, Stairs are present. This does not apply to emergency exits.
5.
In ships with cargo hold, there must be at least one ascending device at each end of each cargo space.
By way of derogation Set 1 may be waived to the fixed climbing device if there are at least two portable room ladders, which must reach at least 3 sprouts over the edge of the hatch at an angle of inclination of 60 °.
Table of Contents unofficial

§ 11.06 Outputs and emergency exits

1.
The number, design, and dimensions of the exits, including the emergency exits, must correspond to the purpose and size of the rooms. If one of these exits is an emergency exit, it must be particularly marked.
2.
Noexits or windows or skylits used as emergency exits must be a clear Opening at least 0.36 m2 , with the shortest side having to be at least 0.50 m.
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.07 Climbing devices

1.
Stages and climbing ladders must be securely attached. Staircases shall be at least 0.60 m wide; the clear width between the handrails shall be at least 0.60 m; the depth of the step shall not be less than 0.15 m; the steps shall be non-slip, stairs of more than three Steps must have handrails.
2.
Steigleitern and Wandsprossen must have a clear width of at least 0.30 m; the bar distance shall not exceed 0,30 m ; the distance between the sprouts of the components must be at least 0.15 m.
3.
Climbing and wall shoots must be visible from above and must be gripped by hand grips over the Exit openings.
4.
Anlaying must be at least 0.40 m wide and at least 0.50 m wide at the bottom end; they must be used against tipping and slipping
Non-official table of contents

§ 11.08 Interior spaces

1.
Jobs in the ship's sense must be based on size, setup, and arrangement of the work to be performed and to meet the requirements of hygiene and safety. They must be sufficiently and glare-free to be illuminated and sufficiently ventilated; if necessary, they must be equipped with heaters ensuring a reasonable temperature.
2.
The floors of the workplaces in the ship's interior must be solid, durable, free from stumbling and slip-resistant. Openings in decks and floors must be secured against falling risk in the open state. Windows and skylits must be designed and arranged in such a way that they can be operated and cleaned safely.
Table of Contents

§ 11.09 Protection against noise and vibration

1.
Jobs must be located, set up and designed to prevent workers from being exposed to exposure to vibration.
2.
Working spaces used by permanent work must be to be built and sound-insulated in such a way that the safety and health of workers is not endangered by noise.
3.
For employees who have A daily noise exposure of more than 85 dB (A) is expected to exist, individual hearing protectors must be present. At workplaces where these values exceed 90 dB (A), a symbol for "use hearing protection" shall indicate the obligation to use the hearing protection means in accordance with Figure 7 of Appendix I with a diameter of at least 10 cm
A non-official table of contents

§ 11.10 Luk covers

1.
Luk covers have to be easily reached and safely moved. Parts of hatch covers with a mass of more than 40 kg must also be pushed or folded or be set up for mechanical lift-out. Covers, the handling of which is carried out with the aid of lifting equipment, must be provided with suitable and easily accessible devices for fixing the stop means. On hatch covers and chunks, which are not exchangeable, clearly the hatch to which they belong and the correct position must be indicated on this.
2.
Luke covers have to be secured against lifting by wind and loading equipment. Push hatches must be provided with locking means which prevent any unintended movement in the longitudinal direction by more than 0.40 m; they must be fixed in the end position. Suitable devices must be provided for attaching stacked hatch covers.
3.
For motor-operated hatch covers, the power supply must be released after release. of the switch automatically.
4.
Luk covers must be subject to expected loads, walk-in hatch covers at least 75 kg as point load may be included. Non-walkable hatch covers must be marked. Hatch covers intended for the intake of deck load must be marked with the allowable load in t/m2 . If support is required to achieve the permissible load, it must be pointed out at a suitable point; in this case, appropriate plans are to be carried on board.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 11.11 Winds

1.
Winden must be such that it is possible to work safely. They must have facilities that prevent unintentional running back of the load. Winches, which are not self-locking, must be equipped with a brake applied to the tractive force.
2.
Hand-operated winches must be provided with devices, that prevent the cranks from being struck back. Winches, which have both power and hand drive, must be such that the power drive cannot move the hand drive shaft.
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.12 cranes

1.
Cranes have to be built according to the rules of the technique. The forces that occur during operation must be safely introduced into the ship ' s associations; they must not endanger the stability.
2.
An crane must be used for the operation of the ship. Make a factory sign with the following information:
a)
Name with address of the Manufacturer;
b)
EC mark indicating the year of construction;
c)
Label of the series or of the Type;
d)
if necessary serial number.
3.
The maximum allowed
In the case of cranes whose payload does not exceed 2000 kg, only the maximum permissible payload is to be permanently and easily recognizable when the load is largest.
4.
To avoid squeezing and shearing hazards, protective devices must be present. Outer parts of cranes must have a safety clearance to all parts of the environment of the crane at the top, bottom and sides of at least 0.5 m. The safety distance from the sides is not necessary outside the working area and the traffic routes.
5.
Force-operated cranes must be used against unauthorized persons. Use can be saved. They may only be switched on at the control device provided for the crane. Operating elements must be self-restoring (switch without self-holding); their function direction must be clearly recognizable.
In case of failure of the drive energy, the load must not be able to run automatically. Unintended crane movements must be prevented.
The upward movement of the lifting gear and the overshooting of the payload must be limited by suitable devices. The downward movement of the lifting mechanism must be limited if, in the case of the provided inserts of the crane, two cable loops of the carrying cable are undershot at the cable drum when the load-receiving means is placed on the cable drum. After the response of the self-acting devices, the respective opposite movement must still be possible.
The breaking force of wire ropes for running material should be at least 5 times the maximum permissible cable tensile force. The construction of the wire rope must be perfect and suitable for use with cranes.
6.
Cranes are
a)
before the first startup,
b)
before resuming after a major change or repair, and
c)
at least, however, every ten years
by an expert. In doing so, sufficient strength and sufficient stability shall be demonstrated by calculation and by a load test on board. For cranes whose payload does not exceed 2 000 kg, the expert may decide to replace, in whole or in part, the calculation of the computer by means of a test with the 1.25 fold of the payload which is taken over the full travel path. The examination shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by the expert, showing the date of the examination.
7.
Cranes are regular, , at least once a year, by a competent expert. In this case, the work-safe condition of the crane is to be determined by visual and functional control. The examination must be accompanied by a certificate signed by the expert, from which the date of the examination can be seen.
8.
Cranes, the payload of which 2000 kg , which are used for cargo handling or which are placed on board lifting jacks, pontoons and other floating equipment or construction site vehicles, must also comply with the requirements of a Rhine-State or Belgian State
9.
The crane manufacturer's operating instructions must be on board for cranes. This must contain at least the following information:
a)
Use area and function of the Operating organs,
b)
maximum payload according to offload,
c)
maximum permissible inclination of the crane,
d)
Installation and maintenance instructions,
e)
general technical data.
unofficial table of contents

§ 11.13 Storage of flammable liquids

for the storage of flammable liquids with A flashpoint of less than 55 ° C must be provided on deck with a ventilated cabinet of non-combustible material. On its outside, a symbol for "fire, open light and smoking shall be prohibited" according to Figure 2 of Appendix I, with a diameter of at least 10 cm.

Chapter 12
Apartments

unofficial table of contents

§ 12.01 general provisions

1.
Ships must be for the normally on board, but at least for the minimum crew,
2.
2.
Apartments must be so constructed, furnished and equipped to meet the needs of safety, health and safety, and Well-being of the persons on board. They must be easily and safely accessible, as well as being sufficiently insulated against cold and heat.
3.
The Commission of Inquiry may exempt from the provisions of this Allow the safety and health of persons on board to be ensured in a different way.
4.
The Commission of Inquiry shall contribute to the ship test Limitations of the operating mode or type of operation of the ship, which are required due to exceptions to point 3.
Table of Contents

§ 12.02 Special constructional requirements for the apartments

1.
Apartments must be adequately ventilated even when the doors are closed; in addition, lounges must be given sufficient daylight and should, as far as possible, have an outward view.
2.
Apartments must be accessible by stairs if their access is not covered and the difference in height is more than 0.30 m.
3.
In the foreship, the floors must not be lower than 1.20 m below the level of the largest sinking.
4.
Stay and sleep spaces must have at least two outlets that are as far apart as possible, which serve as escape routes. An output can be designed as an emergency exit. Sentence 1 shall not apply to rooms whose exit leads directly to the deck or to a corridor serving as an escape route, provided that it has two remote exits on the back and the starboard. Emergency exits, including overlights and windows, must have a clear opening of at least 0.36 m2, a minimum lateral length of at least 0.50 m, and a rapid evacuation in case of emergency. The insulation and disguise of the escape routes must be made of flame retardant materials and the use of escape routes must be ensured at all times by appropriate measures such as ladders or wall shoots.
5.
Apartments must be protected against the effects of improperly noise and vibration. The maximum sound pressure levels are:
a)
in recreation rooms: 70 dB (A);
b)
in sleeping rooms: 60 dB (A). This does not apply to ships which are exclusively used in the A1s operating mode. The restriction of the operating form must be noted in the ship test
6.
In apartments, the standing height must not be less than 2.00 m.
7.
As a rule, the ships must have at least one common room separated from the sleeping room.
8.
In recreation rooms, the free floor area must not be less than 2 m2 per person, but must be at least 8 m2 (furniture except tables and chairs)
9.
The volume of the living room and bedroom must be at least 7 m3 .
10.
In living rooms, the minimum air volume per person is 3.5 m3. In dormitories, the first person must have an air volume of at least 5 m3, and for each additional person at least 3 m3 must be present (the volume of the furniture must be removed). Sleeping rooms should be designed for a maximum of two persons. Beds must be located at a distance of at least 0.30 m above the floor. If they are stacked on top of each other, there must be a free space of at least 0.60 m above each bed.
11.
Doors must have an opening, the upper edge of which must be is at least 1.90 m above deck or corridor and has a clear width of at least 0.60 m. The required height can be achieved by mounting of displaceable or foldable covers or flaps. Doors must be opened to the outside from both sides. The door cover must be at a maximum of 0.40 m high; however, provisions of other safety regulations must be complied with.
12.
Stairs must be firmly attached and safely be accessible. This is true if
a)
is at least 0.60 m wide;
b)
the levels are at least 0.15 m deep;
c)
the levels are non-slip and
d)
Steps with more than three levels are provided with at least one handle or handrail.
13.
Lines for dangerous gases and dangerous liquids, especially those under such high pressure that a leak could endanger people, must not be allowed to stay in the apartments and have been laid in the leading aisles. This does not apply to lines for steam and hydraulic systems housed in a metallic protective tube, as well as for lines of liquid gas installations for household purposes.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 12.03 Sanitary Facilities

1.
Ships with dwellings must have at least the following sanitary facilities:
a)
a toilet per living unit or six crew members. This must be ventilated with fresh air;
b)
a sink with a drain and with cold and warm drinking water connection per unit of residence or four Crew members;
c)
a shower or bathtub with cold and warm drinking water connection per unit of residence or six Crew members.
2.
Sanitary facilities must be located in the immediate vicinity of the living rooms. Toilets may not have a direct connection to the kitchens, dining rooms or living kitchens.
3.
Toiletries must have a floor area of at least 1.00 m2 , the width shall not be less than 0,75 m and the length shall not be less than 1,10 m. Toilets in cabins up to two people can be smaller. If in the toilet room there is a washing facility and/or shower, the base area must be enlarged by at least the area of the sink and/or the shower tray (or, if necessary, the bathtub).
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 12.04 Kitchen

1.
Kitchen can be combined with lounges.
2.
kitchens must be equipped with:
a)
cooking device;
b)
sink with drain;
c)
installation for drinking water supply;
d)
freezer;
e)
enough storage, working, and storage space.
3.
Dining areas in home kitchens have to be sufficient for the number of crew members they usually use at the same time. The seat width must not be less than 0.60 m.
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.05 drinking water systems

1.
ships on which apartments are present must be equipped with a drinking water system. Filling openings of the drinking water tanks and drinking water hoses shall be provided with an indication that they are intended exclusively for drinking water. Filler neck for drinking water must be arranged above the deck.
2.
Drinking water tanks must be
a)
made on the insides of corrosion-resistant and physiologically harmless materials
b)
to be free of line sections, whose regular flow is not guaranteed and
c)
being protected against excessive warming.
3.
Drinking water tanks must also be
a)
a capacity of at least 150 l of person usually living on board, but at least ever Crew member;
b)
have a suitable closeable opening for internal cleaning;
c)
have a fill level indicator;
d)
have aeration and air vents that lead to the outside or the suitable filters.
4.
Drinking water tanks must not have common walls with other containers. Drinking water pipes must not be allowed to pass through containers containing other liquids. Connections between the drinking water system and other piping are not permitted. Pipelines for gas or other liquids other than drinking water must not be allowed to pass through drinking water tanks.
5.
Water pressure vessels may not be used for drinking water. polluted compressed air. If it is produced with the aid of compressors, suitable air filters and deseders must be arranged immediately in front of the pressure vessel for drinking water, unless the drinking water is separated from the compressed air by a membrane.
Non-official table of contents

§ 12.06 Heating and Ventilation

1.
Apartments have to be heated accordingly for their purpose. The heaters must be designed for the weather conditions occurring.
2.
Living and sleeping rooms must be able to be ventilated with sufficient ventilation even when the doors are closed. Ventilation must allow adequate air circulation under all climatic conditions.
3.
Apartments must be designed and constructed in such a way that: As far as possible, the penetration of polluted air from other ship's departments, such as machinery or cargo spaces, is prevented; in the case of forced ventilation, the inlet openings are to be so arranged that they meet these requirements.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 12.07 Other apartment facilities

1.
Each crew member residing on board must have a separate bed and a separate lockable wardrobe. The bed must have at least an internal dimension of 2.00 x 0.90 m.
2.
Suitable for the storage and drying of the working dresses are suitable outside the sleeping rooms.
3.
All rooms must be electrically illuminated. Additional lamps for gaseous or liquid fuels shall only be permitted in lounges. Liquid fuel lighting equipment must be made of metal and must be operated only with fuels whose flash point is above 55 ° C or with commercial petroleum. They must be positioned or mounted in such a way that there is no risk of fire.

Chapter 13
Heating, cooking, and cooling equipment operated with fuels

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 13.01 General Requirements

1.
Heating, cooking and cooling devices operated with liquefied petroleum gas must comply with the requirements of Chapter 14.
2.
Heating, cooking and cooling devices, including their accessories, must be designed and installed in such a way that they do not present any danger even in the event of overheating; they must be used against unintentional tipping and displacement.
3.
The devices referred to in point 2 may be stored in rooms where substances with a flash point of up to 55 ° C are stored or shall not be set up. The exhaust pipes of these devices must not pass through these spaces.
4.
The air supply necessary for the combustion must be ensured.
5.
Heating devices must be firmly connected to the room tubes. These tubes must be provided with appropriate hoods or protective devices against wind. They must be so designed that cleaning is possible.
Non-official table of contents

§ 13.02 Use of liquid fuel, equipment for Petroleum

1.
Heating, cooking and cooling devices are operated with liquid fuels. only fuel with a flashpoint above 55 ° C is used.
2.
By way of derogation from point 1, cookers and cooling and heating devices equipped with wick burners are used, which be operated with commercial petroleum, allowed in dwellings and tax houses if the capacity of their consumption tanks does not exceed 12 litres.
3.
Dochtbrenner equipped facilities must:
a)
have a fuel tank made of metal with a closable filling opening that does not have soft-soldered seams below the highest level and is so constructed and attached, that it cannot inadvertently open or empty itself;
b.
can be ignited without the help of another flammable liquid and
c.
so set up that the combustion gases are safely removed.
unofficial table of contents

§ 13.03 Oil heating furnaces with vaporization burners and oil combustion plants with atomization burners

1.
Oil heating furnaces with vaporization burners and oil combustion plants with atomizing burners must be
2.
Is an oil heating furnace with a vaporization burner or an oil combustion plant with an atomizing burner installed in a machine room, must be installed in the machine room. the supply of air for the heater and the engines shall be such that the heater and the engines can operate independently, properly and safely. If necessary, provision should be made for a separate air supply. The installation must be carried out in such a way that any flame that may be recovered from the combustion chamber cannot reach any other parts of the installation of the machinery space.
unofficial table of contents

§ 13.04 oil heating furnaces with evaporative burners

1.
Oil heating furnaces with vaporization burners must be ignited without the help of another flammable liquid. They must be fixed by means of a metal pan which detects the oil-carrying parts and has an edge height of at least 20 mm and a capacity of at least 2 litres.
2.
For oil heating furnaces with evaporation burners mounted in machinery spaces, the metal pan according to number 1 must have an edge height of at least 200 mm. The bottom edge of the vaporization burner must be above the edge of the tub. The edge height must also be at least 100 mm above the floor plates.
3.
Oil heating furnaces with evaporation burners must have suitable oil regulators for each of the oil heating furnaces. to ensure a practically constant flow of oil to the burner and to prevent any leakage of fuel in the event of any extinguisher of the flame. Oil regulators, which operate satisfactorily even in the event of vibrations and slopes up to 12 °, and which, except for a float, are suitable for level regulation
a)
with a second float, which closes the fuel supply safely and reliably when the permissible oil level is exceeded, or
b)
are provided with an overflow pipe if the oil pan can handle at least the contents of the load tank
4.
Is the fuel tank separated from the oil heating furnace separately with vaporization burners,
a)
it must not be higher than specified in the device manufacturer's operating rules;
b)
it must be protected against inadmissible heating;
c)
must supply the fuel from deck
5.
Oil heating furnaces with evaporation burners with natural train must be equipped with devices to prevent the return of trains
unofficial table of contents

§ 13.05 Oil combustion plants with atomization burners

Oil combustion plants with atomizing burners must meet the following requirements in particular:
a)
Before the start of the oil supply, a Adequate ventilation of the firebox is ensured;
b)
The fuel supply must be thermostatically controlled;
c)
The ignition must be electrically or with ignition burners;
d)
a flame monitoring device must be , if the flame is extinguisher,
e)
the main switch must be located outside the installation space at an easily accessible location.
unofficial table of contents

§ 13.06 air heating devices

air heaters, in which the heating air is under pressure around a combustion chamber to a distribution system or space, must comply with the following requirements:
a)
Fuel is atomized under pressure, the supply of combustion air must be carried out by a blower.
b)
Before the burner can be ignited, the combustion chamber has to be good. be ventilated. This can also be done by recirculating the combustion air blower.
c)
The fuel supply must be closed automatically if
aa)
the fire is extinguished;
bb)
no adequate combustion air supply is available;
cc)
the heated air a pre-set Temperature exceeds or
dd)
the power supply of the security devices fails.
In these cases, after closing the fuel supply, the
d)
The blower for combustion and heating air must be switched off outside the room in which the heating device is installed
e)
If the heating air is sucked in from the outside, the intake openings must be as high as possible above deck. It must be spray water and weatherproof.
f)
Heating air lines must be made of metal.
g)
Heating air outlet openings must not be completely closed.
h)
The one with a leakage
i)
Air heating appliances shall not suprehend their heating air from a machinery space.
Non-official table of contents

§ 13.07 Heating with solid fuels

1.
Heating devices that are operated with solid fuels must be on a sheet with padded-up
is not necessary in rooms constructed of non-combustible materials and intended exclusively for the accommodation of a boiler.
2.
Caults heated with solid fuels must be fitted with thermostatic regulators to supply the air required for combustion.
3.
In the vicinity of each heater, there must be a means for the easy removal of the ashes.

Chapter 14
Liquid gas plants for household purposes

Non-official table of contents

§ 14.01 General

1.
Liquid gas installations essentially include a container system with one or more containers, one or a number of pressure regulators, a distribution network and consumables.
Replacement and empty containers outside the tank are not to be considered as parts of a liquefied gas system. For them, § 14.05 applies accordingly.
2.
The assets may only be operated with commercially available propane.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 14.02 Assets

1.
Liquid gas installations must be suitable in all parts for operation with propane and be designed and installed according to the rules of technology.
2.
LNG facilities may only be used for household purposes in the apartments and in the wheelhouse, as well as for the corresponding purposes on passenger ships.
3.
On board several separate liquefied gas plants may be present. Dwellings separated by a cargo hold or fixed tank must not be supplied by the same LPG system.
4.
No part of the machinery space shall be allowed to be Liquefied gas installation.
Non-official table of contents

§ 14.03 container

1.
Only containers with a filling mass of 5 to 35 kg are allowed. In the case of passenger ships, the Commission of Inquiry may authorise containers with a larger filling mass.
2.
Containers must be in force in one of the Rhine-States or Belgium
You must bear the official stamp for the sign of acceptance on the basis of the prescribed exams.
Table of Contents

§ 14.04 Placement and facilities of the container assets

1.
container systems must be installed on deck in a free-standing or built-in closet outside the apartment in such a way that the traffic on board is not obstructed. They must not be placed on the front or the aft gown. The cabinet may only be installed in deck superstructures if it is gas-tight and can only be opened from the outside of the superstructures. It must be arranged in such a way that the pipes are as short as possible to the points of consumption.
Only as many containers may be connected for simultaneous removal, as required by the consumption system. Several containers may only be connected using a switch-over or shut-off valve. Up to four containers may be attached per container system. Including the replacement containers, no more than six containers may be on board per plant.
Up to six containers can be connected on passenger ships with passenger kitchens or canteens. Including the replacement containers, no more than nine containers may be on board per unit.
The pressure regulator, or in the case of two-stage control of the pressure regulators of the first stage, must be in the same cabinet as the connected one Container and firmly installed.
2.
Container systems are to be arranged in such a way that in the event of a leak of gas escaping from the cupboard into the open, and not in
3.
Cabinets must be made of flame retardant material and must be provided with openings on the inside of the vessel. The lower and upper parts ensure sufficient ventilation. The containers must be placed in the cupboards standing upright and secured against falling around.
4.
Cabinets must be designed and installed in such a way that the temperature of the Container 50 ° C cannot exceed 50 ° C
5.
On the outside of the cabinets, the indication "liquid gas" and a symbol for "fire, open light and smoking prohibited" in accordance with Figure 2 of Appendix I, with a diameter of at least 10 cm.
Non-official table of contents

§ 14.05 Replacement and replacement Empty containers

Replacement and empty containers, which are not located in the container system, must be stored outside the apartment and the tax house in a cabinet according to § 14.04. unofficial table of contents

§ 14.06 Pressure regulator

1.
Consumables may be connected to the containers only by means of a distribution network that is equipped with one or more pressure regulators that use the gas pressure on the Use pressure to reduce the pressure. The reduction can take place in one or two stages. All pressure regulators must be set to a certain pressure in accordance with § 14.07.
2.
A protection device must be installed in or behind the last pressure regulator. , which automatically secures the power supply in the event of failure of the controller against pressure increase. It is necessary to ensure that in the event of leakage from the protective device gas escapes into the open and cannot penetrate into the vessel or come into contact with a source of ignition; if necessary, it shall be necessary for this
3.
Safety valves and blow-off lines must be protected against water intrusion.
Table of Contents unofficial

§ 14.07 Print

1.
For two-step control, the mean pressure must be no more than 250 kPa (2.5 bar) above atmospheric pressure.
2.
The pressure at the exit from the last pressure regulator must be at most 5 kPa (0.05 bar) above atmospheric pressure with 10% tolerance.
Nontampery Table of Contents

§ 14.08 Tube and hose lines

1.
Lines must be made of firmly laid steel or copper tubes.
container connection lines must, however, be made of high-pressure hoses or pipe spirals suitable for propane exist. Non-permanently installed consumables shall be connected with appropriate tubes of no more than 1 m length.
2.
Lines must be all on board under normal conditions. Operating conditions, in particular with regard to corrosion and strength, are sufficient and, in accordance with the type and arrangement, ensure sufficient supply of the consumables with respect to quantity and pressure.
3.
Pipe lines should have as few connections as possible. Pipelines and connections must be gas-tight and maintain their tightness at all occurring vibrations and strains.
4.
Piping must be good shall be accessible, fixed in place, and protected everywhere where there is a risk of collisions or friction, in particular in the case of ducts through steel bulkheads or metal walls. Steel pipes must be provided with corrosion protection on all sides.
5.
hose lines and their connections must all be on board under normal operating conditions. , in accordance with the invention, They must also be laid in such a way that they are tension-free, cannot be heated inadmissibly and can be controlled over their entire length.
unofficial Table of Contents

§ 14.09 Distribution Network

1.
The entire distribution network must be through a can be blocked at any time easily and quickly accessible main shut-off valve.
2.
Each consumable is to be connected to its own branch line, which is a shut-off device must be lockable.
3.
Shutting off valves must be protected against weather and shocks.
4.
Behind each pressure regulator must be a test port. A shut-off device must ensure that the pressure regulator is not exposed to the test pressure during the test.
Table of Contents

§ 14.10 Consumables and their lineup

1.
Only Appliances which are registered in one of the Rhine States or in Belgium for propane are installed. They must be fitted with devices which effectively prevent the escape of unburned gas when the operating or ignition flame extinguisher.
2.
Consumables shall be positioned and connected in such a way that they cannot be inadvertently or inadvertently moved, and inadvertent tearing off of the connection line is not possible.
3.
Heaters, hot water heaters and refrigerators must be connected to an exhaust pipe to the outside.
4.
Consumables may be installed in the wheelhouse only if it is so constructed that escaping gas does not enter the lower-lying rooms of the vehicle, in particular Control systems can penetrate into the machinery space.
5.
consumables may be placed in bedrooms only if the combustion of the equipment is not possible. the room air is independent.
6.
Consumables with combustion-dependent combustion must be set up in a sufficiently large space.
Non-official table of contents

§ 14.11 Ventilation and discharge of exhaust gases

1.
The ventilation of the rooms in which consumables are dependent on the room air must be sufficiently large inlet and outlet air openings, but at least 150 cm2 of free cross-section.
2.
ventilation openings must not be allowed
3.
3.
Exhaust Systems must be designed so that the exhaust gases are discharged properly. They must be operationally safe and constructed from non-combustible materials. Ventilators for air ventilation must not adversely affect the exhaust systems.
Non-official table of contents

§ 14.12 Operating and Safety rules

An operator ' s manual must be fitted at a suitable location on board; it must contain at least the following instructions:
" The shut-off valves of the containers which are not connected to the distribution system must be provided with: be closed even if the containers are considered empty. "
" The hoses are to be replaced as soon as it requires their condition. "
" All consumables must be connected or the respective supply lines must be sealed." Non-official table of contents

§ 14.13 Review

Liquid gas plants are
a)
before the first startup,
b)
before resuming after a major change or repair, and
c)
at each Renewal of the certificate according to § 14.15
shall be carried out by an expert to verify that the installation complies with the requirements of this Chapter. A certificate signed by the expert shall be issued on the examination and the date of the examination shall be shown. A copy thereof shall be submitted to the Commission of Inquiry by the expert. Non-official table of contents

§ 14.14 test conditions

The asset must be checked under the following conditions:
1.
Medium-pressure piping between the shut-off device according to § 14.09 No. 4 of the first Pressure regulator and shut-off valves prior to the last pressure regulator:
a)
Pressure test with air, inert gas or liquid under a pressure of 2000 kPa (20 bar) above atmospheric pressure;
b)
leak tightness test with air or inert gas under a pressure of 350 kPa (3.5%) (3.5%) (3.5%) (bar) above atmospheric pressure
2.
Piping under use pressure between the shut-off device according to § 14.09 No. 4 of the single or the last Pressure regulator and shut-off valves in front of consumables:
leak tightness test with air or inert gas under a pressure of 100 kPa (1 bar) over atmospheric pressure.
3.
Lines between the shut-off device according to § 14.09 No. 4 of the only pressure regulator or the last pressure regulator and the operating fittings of the consumables:
leak test under a pressure of 15 kPa (0.15 bar) above atmospheric pressure.
4.
In the tests referred to in points 1 (b), 2 and 3, the lines shall be deemed to be tight if: a sufficient waiting time for the temperature equalization of the test pressure during the subsequent test period of 10 minutes does not fall.
5.
container connections, Line connections and fittings, which are under container pressure, and the controller's connection to the power line:
leak test under operating pressure with a foaming agent.
6.
Consumables are in operation at nominal load and are tested for proper, trouble-free burning at various settings.
ignition fuses are available on
7.
After the test according to point 6, each consumable device connected to an exhaust pipe after an operating time for five minutes under nominal load for closed windows and doors and in the operation of the ventilation devices to check whether exhaust gas is discharged from the flow safety device.
If not only temporarily exhaust gas emerges, the cause is without delay. The consumable must not be released for use before all defects have been remedied.
unofficial table of contents

§ 14.15 certificate

1.
The conformity of each liquid gas installation with the requirements of this chapter is to be certified in the ship test.
2.
This certificate shall be issued by the Commission of Inquiry after the examination in accordance with § 14.13.
3.
The validity period of the certificate is not more than three years. A renewal must be preceded by a new examination in accordance with § 14.13. Exceptionally, on the basis of a reasoned request by the owner or his authorised representative, the Commission of Inquiry may extend the validity of the certificate for a maximum period of three months without the need for an examination in accordance with Section 14.13. This extension is to be entered in the ship test.

Chapter 15
Special provisions for passenger ships

Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 15.01 General Provisions

1.
The following rules do not apply:
a)
§ 3.02 Nr. 1 letter b;
b)
§ § 4.01 to 4.03;
c)
§ 8.08 Number 2 Sentence 2 and Number 7;
d)
§ 9.14 No. 3 sentence 2 at rated voltages over 50V
2.
The following devices are prohibited on passenger ships:
a)
bulbs operated with liquid gas and liquid fuel according to § 12.07 No. 3 sentence 2;
b)
with Wick burners equipped facilities according to § 13.02 nos. 2 and 3;
c)
Oil heating furnaces with evaporation burners in accordance with § 13.04;
d)
Heaters and heated boilers according to § 13.07;
e)
liquefied gas plants by chapter 14.
3.
Ships without their own drive may not be allowed to carry passengers.
4.
On passenger ships, areas must be available for use by persons with reduced mobility who comply with the provisions set out in this chapter. If the application of the provisions referred to in this Chapter, which are designed to take account of the particular security needs of persons with reduced mobility, is practically difficult to implement or causes unreasonable high costs, , the Commission of Inquiry may, on the basis of recommendations issued by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine, allow derogations from those provisions. These deviations are to be entered in the ship test.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.02 shipbody

1.
The thickness of the outer skin of stählerner passenger ships is as follows in the case of investigations according to § 2.09 to set:
a)
The minimum thickness tmin of the bottom, take-up and side flattening of the outer skin of Passenger ships are determined according to the greater value of the following formulas:



In these formulas,


f = 1 + 0,0013-(a-500);
a = longitudinal- or cross-cutting distance [mm]. If the chip distance is less than 400 mm, a = 400 mm should be set.


b)
The minimum value for the plate thickness resulting from point (a) can be undershot if the permissible value is determined and certified on the basis of a mathematical proof of the sufficient strength of the hull (longitudinal and transverse strength as well as local strength).
c)
In no place of the outer skin, the value calculated according to letter a or b must be 3 mm below.
d)
Disk renewal must be performed when bottom, pick, or side plates fall below the minimum value specified in point (a) or (b), in conjunction with point (c)
2.
The number and arrangement of the bulkheads shall be so selected that the ship will be able to float in the event of a leak in accordance with § 15.03 No. 7 to 13. Any part of the internal structure that influences the effectiveness of the subdivision of the ship must be waterproof and constructed in such a way that the integrity of the subdivision is maintained.
3.
The distance of the front solder collision bulkhead must not be less than 0.04 LWL and 0.04 LWL + 2 m not exceeding.
4.
A cross-bulkhead may be provided with a bulkhead offset if all parts of this offset are within the safe range.
5.
The Scots, which have been taken into account in the leak calculation according to § 15.03 No. 7 to 13, must be waterproof and run up to the bulkhead deck. If a bulkhead deck is missing, it must be at least 0.20 m high above the margin line.
6.
The number of openings in these bulkheads must be kept as low as possible. to permit the construction and proper operation of the ship. Openings and ducts shall not adversely affect the watertight function of the bulkheads.
7.
Collision Bulkhead shall not be allowed to open and no doors.
8.
Scots that separate machine rooms from passenger rooms or living rooms for on-board personnel must not have doors.
9.
Hand-operated doors in Scots according to point 5 without remote control are only allowed outside the passenger area. You must:
a)
remain closed all the time and must be open only for a short term ;
b)
can be closed quickly and safely through appropriate devices;
c)
on both sides with the inscription:
"Close the door immediately after passing through".
10.
The doors in Scots referred to in point 5, which are open in the long term, must meet the following requirements:
a)
You have to be on the spot from both sides of the bulkhead and from a well-accessible place above of the bulkhead deck.
b)
After remotely closing the door, the doors must be reopened and safely closed on the spot. In particular, the closing process must not be affected by carpets or footstrips.
c)
The duration of the remote-actuated closing process must be at least 30 Seconds and must not exceed 60 seconds.
d)
During the closing process, an audible alarm must automatically be given at the door.
e)
It must be ensured that door drive and alarm function independently of the on-board electrical system. A device must be present at the location of the remote control to indicate whether the door is open or closed.
11.
Doors in Scots according to point 5 and their Control devices must be in a safe area.
12.
A warning system must be present in the wheelhouse to indicate which door in Scots is open in accordance with point 5.
13.
Pipe pipes with open mouths and ventilation ducts must be laid in such a way that no other rooms or tanks are flooded via them in any of the leakage cases
a)
Stehen multiple departments through open connection via piping or ventilation channels with each other, they must be listed at a suitable location via the worst leakage waterline.
b)
Piping needs the requirement of point (a) not to be satisfied if there are shut-off bulkheads with remote control from above the bulkhead deck.
c)
Has a piping system in of a department no open mouth, the pipeline shall be deemed to be undamaged in the event of damage to this compartment if it is within the safe area and has a distance of more than 0.50 m from the ground
14.
Remote control of bulkhead doors according to point 10 and shut-off fittings as specified in point 13 (b) above the bulkhead deck are to be clearly identified as such.
15.
In the case of double floors, their height must be at least 0.60 m in width.
16.
The windows may be below the margin limit if they are waterproof, do not open, have sufficient strength and comply with § 15.06 No. 14.
Table of Contents unofficial

§ 15.03 Stability

1.
The applicant must prove, by means of a calculation based on the results of the application of a standard for intactstability, that the intactstability of the ship is appropriate is. All calculations must be done with free trimming and free dipping. The empty ship data, which is based on the stability calculations, must be determined by an attempt to make a wrecking.
2.
The intactstability has to be for the following: Standard load conditions are detected:
a)
at the start of travel
100% passengers, 98% fuel and fresh water, 10% waste water;
b)
changed during the journey
100% passengers, 50% fuel and fresh water, 50% wastewater;
c)
in driving
100% passengers, 10% fuel and fresh water, 98% waste water;
d)
empty ship
No passengers, 10% fuel and fresh water, no waste water.
For all standard loading conditions, the ballast tanks are either empty or full, according to their usual use.
In addition, for the following: The loading condition is the proof of point 3 (d):
100% passengers, 50% fuel and fresh water, 50% waste water, all other liquid tanks, including ballast, 50% filled.
3.
The proof of adequate instinct stability by means of a calculation must be carried out under the following conditions for the instinct stability and for the in point 2 (a) to (d)
a)
The maximum erecting lever arm hmax must be provided at a heel angle φmax ≥ (φmom + 3 °) must be at least 0,20 m. If φf < φmax, the righting lever arm must be at least 0.20 m at the flood angle φf.
b)
The flood angle φf must not be less than (φmom + +). 3 °).
c)
The area A under the righting lever curve must reach at least the following values depending on the position of φf and φmax:

Case A
1 φmax ≤ 15 ° or φf ≤ 15 ° 0, 05 m-rad up to the smaller of angles φmax or φf
2 15 ° < φmax < 30 ° φmax ≤ φf 0, 035 + 0.001-(30-φmax) m-rad up to angle φmax
3 15 ° < φf < 30 ° φmax > φf 0, 035 + 0.001-(30-φf) m-rad up to angle φf
4 φmax ≥ 30 ° and φf ≥ 30 ° 0, 035 m-rad up to angle φ = 30 °


where

hmax the maximum lever arm;
φthe heel angle;
φf The floodangle, d. h. the angle of heel, the openings in the fuselage, the superstructures or deckhouses that cannot be closed in a weatherproof manner;
φmom the maximum angle of heel according to point (e);
φmaxthe angle of heel at which the maximum righting lever arm occurs;
Athe surface under the curve of the erecting lever arms.
d)
The metacentric height at the beginning GMo, corrected for the effect of the free surfaces in liquid tanks, must not be less than 0.15 m.
e)
The angle φmom must not exceed 12 ° in both of the following cases:
aa)
with the force of the person and the wind as described in paragraphs 4 and 5;
bb)
under the approach of the person and rotational movement according to number 4 and 6.
f)
The The remaining free board shall not be less than 0.20 m under the approach of a person, wind and rotational movement according to number 4, 5 and 6.
g)
The The residual safety distance shall be at least 0,10 m for ships with windows or other openings in the outer skin below the bulkhead deck, which are not watertight, under the approach of the three heel moments from point (f).
4.
The moment due to the one-sided collection of people (MP) is to be calculated as follows:



In this formula:

P =total mass of persons on board in [t], calculated over the sum of the maximum permissible number of passengers and the maximum number of on-board personnel and crew under normal operating conditions, assuming an average mass of 0.075 t per person;
y = lateral distance of the center of gravity of the mass P from the ship's centre line in [m];
g = Gravitational acceleration (g = 9.81 m/s2);
Pi =The mass of persons collected on the Ai surface with:
P1 = n1-0.075-Ai [t],
A1 =
Area where people are located in [m2];
n1 =
Person count per square meter with:
ni = 3,75 for free deck surfaces and surfaces with movable furniture; for surfaces with fixed seating furniture, such as benches, is ni assuming a seating width of 0.50 m and a seating area of 0.50 m To calculate seating depth of 0.75 m per person;
yi =lateral distance of the surface area of the area Ai from the Ship centerline in [m].


The calculation must be performed for a collection of people on both starboard and bord.
The distribution of people must be seen from the stability point of view the most unfavorable. Cabins are to be considered as vacant in the calculation of the person's torque.
For the calculation of the load cases, the height of a person at 1 m above the lowest point of the respective deck shall be 0.5 LWL without taking any account of any If you use the following values:

A detailed determination of the deck space occupied by persons can be omitted if the following values are used:

P =1,1-Fmax-0,075 for day-out ships;
1, 5-Fmax-0,075 for cabin ships.
In these formulas means:
Fmax = the maximum number of passengers on board;
y = B/2 [m].
5.
The moment from wind (MW) is to be calculated as follows:

MW = pW AW (lW + T/2) [kNm]


In this formula:

pW = the specific wind pressure of 0.25 kN/m2;
AW =the ship's lateralplan above the level of the in [m2];
lW =the distance of the center of gravity of the Lateralplan AW from the plane the countersunk in [m].
the calculation of the lateral plan, the intended use of the decks by planning or similar mobile devices must be taken into account.
6.
The moment of centrifugal force (Mdr) caused by the rotation of the ship is to be calculated as follows:

Mdr = cdr-CB-v2 -D/LWL-(KG-T/2) [kNm]


In this formula:
=a coefficient of 0.45;
CB =the block coefficient of the displacement (if not known, this 1.0 is to be set);
vthe maximum speed of the ship in [m/s];
KGthe distance of the center of gravity from the top edge of Kiel in [m].


If the passenger ship is equipped with a drive according to § 6.06, Mdr is out of To derive large or model tests or from corresponding calculations.
7.
The applicant must be determined by a calculation based on the method of the wegfallenden. Buoyanship is based on the evidence that the ship's leakage stability is appropriate. All calculations must be carried out with free trim and free dipping.
8.
The swimming ability in case of leakage must be specified in the case of the Standard load conditions are detected. In this case, for three intermediate states of flooding (25%, 50% and 75% of the filling of the final state of the flooding) and for the final state of the flooding, the computational proof of sufficient stability must be provided.
9.
Passenger ships must comply with the 1 department status and the 2 department status.
The following preferences should be considered for the leak:

1-departmental state 2-departmental state
Extension of page leaks
along 1 [m] 0, 10-LWL, but not less than 4.00 m 0, 05-LWL, but not less than 2.25 m
quer b [m] B/5 0.59
vertical h [m] from the ship floor to the top without limitation
Extension of the bottom ledge
Along l [m] 0, 10-LWL, but not less than 4.00 m 0, 05-LWL, but not less than 2.25 m
quer b [m] B/5
vertical h [m]0.59; piping, which corresponds to § 15.02 no.13 letter c. , can be assumed to be undamaged.
a)
For the departmental state the bulkheads can be assumed to be not damaged if the distance between two adjacent Scots is greater than the length of the leak. Longitudinal bulkheads which are at a distance of less than B/3 to the outer skin, measured at right angles to the ship's centre line at the level of the largest depression, shall not be taken into account in the invoice. A bulkhead offset in a transverse bulkhead that is longer than 2.50 m is considered to be a longitudinal bulkhead.
b)
For the 2-department status, each bulkhead within the leakage expansion is considered to be a has been damaged. This means that the position of the bulkheads must be chosen so that the passenger ship remains floating in the longitudinal direction following the flooding of two or more adjacent compartments.
c)
The lowest point of any non-watertight opening (e.g. of doors, windows, entry hatches) must be at least 0.10 m above the leakage water line in the final state of the flooding. The bulkhead deck shall not be immersed in the final state of the flooding.
d)
The floodability is assumed to be 95%. If a calculation shows that the average floatability of a department is less than 95%, the calculated value can be used.
The following values must not be fallen below:

Accommodation Rooms95%
Machines and boiler rooms 85%
Baggage and storage rooms75%
Luggage storage and storage rooms double floors, Fuel tanks,
ballast tanks and other tanks, depending on whether or not they are determined according to
that is at the lowest level floating ship as full
or blank must be accepted0 or 95 %.
e)
If a leak of lesser extent than above indicates less favourable conditions with regard to the heel or loss of metacentric height, Such a leak must be accepted in the calculation
10.
In all intermediate states of the flooding according to point 8, the following criteria must be met:
a)
The angle of heel φ of the equilibrium position of the respective intermediate state must not be equal to 15 °
b)
In addition, the positive area of the lever arm curve must have an erecting lever beyond the heel in the equilibrium position of the respective intermediate state. GZ ≥ 0.02 m before the first unprotected opening is dipped or an angle of heel φ of 25 ° is reached.
c)
Non-watertight openings shall not be allowed.
d)
For the calculation of the free surface effect in all of the following: Intermediate states of flooding are assumed by the gross floor area of the damaged rooms
11.
In the final state of the flooding, the following criteria must be met: , taking into account the heel moment referred to in point 4:
a)
The angle of heel φE may not exceed 10 °.
b)
In addition to the equilibrium position, the positive range of the lever arm curve must be an erecting lever GZR ≥ 0.02 m in connection with of a surface A ≥ 0.0025 m-rad. These minimum values of stability shall be maintained until the first unprotected opening is dipped or, in any case, before reaching a 25 ° heel angle.
c)
Non-water-tight openings must not be dipped before the equilibrium position is reached. If such openings appear before this point, the spaces that are connected to them must be considered as flooded in the leak stability bill.



where:

12.
Closing devices of openings that must be sealed in water-tight manner.
13.
If transverse flood openings are provided for the reduction of asymmetrical flooding, they must: the following requirements:
a)
The IMO resolution is for the calculation of the transverse flooding A.266 (VIII).
b)
You must act automatically.
c)
You must not use Shut-off valves.
d)
The time for complete compensation must not exceed 15 minutes.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.04 Safety distance and freeboard

1.
The security distance must be at least equal to the sum:
a)
from the additional side immersion, which, measured on the outer skin, is due to the permissible Wreawing according to § 15.03 No. 3 (e), and
b)
from the residual safety margin according to § 15.03 No. 3 letter g.
In the case of ships without a bulkhead deck, the Safety distance is at least 0.50 m.
2.
The freeboard must be at least equal to the sum:
a)
from the additional lateral immersion that, measured on the outer skin, is caused by the heel § 15.03 No. 3 (e), and
b)
the remaining freeboard according to § 15.03 No. 3 letter f.
The freeboard must, however, be at least 0.30 m.
3.
The level of the largest depression is to be determined in such a way that the safety distance according to number 1, the freeboard according to number 2 and the § § 15.02 and 15.03 are complied with
4.
The Commission of Inquiry may, for safety reasons, set a greater safety margin or a larger freeboard.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.05 Maximum number of passengers allowed

1.
The Commission of Inquiry sets the maximum number of passengers and carries them into the Ship test.
2.
The maximum number of passengers must not exceed any of the following values:
a)
Number of passengers for which a collection area according to § 15.06 No. 8 has been detected;
b)
Number of passengers on the basis of the stability calculation according to § 15.03;
c)
Number of passengers existing beds for passengers on cabin ships, which are used for travel with overnight accommodation.
3.
For cabin ships, which are also used as day-to-day ships , the number of passengers is to be calculated as a day-out ship and as a cabin ship, and to be entered in the ship test.
4.
The maximum number of passengers Passengers shall be clearly legible on board at the most striking location.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.06 Passenger spaces and areas

passenger compartment
1.
Passenger spaces must:
a)
itself on all decks behind the plane of the collision bulkhead and, if it is below the bulkhead deck are located at the level of the rear bulkhead and
b)
are gas-tight separated from machinery and boiler rooms.
Cover areas by planning or similar mobile Devices not only at the top, but also partially or completely in the side, must meet the same requirements as closed passenger spaces.
2.
Cabinets according to § 11.13 and rooms for storing flammable liquids must be outside the passenger area.
3.
The number and width of the exits from passenger spaces must meet the following requirements:
a)
Rooms or groups of rooms that are designed for 30 or more passengers or are equipped for 12 or more passengers must have at least two exits. One of these two exits must be replaced by two emergency exits on day-trip ships. Rooms, other than cabins, or groups of rooms that have only one exit, must have at least one emergency exit.
b)
Find spaces under the Bulkhead deck, one of the exits shall be a watertight bulkhead door according to § 15.02 No. 10 to an adjacent compartment from which the higher deck can be directly reached. The other exit shall, either directly or, where referred to in point (a), be an emergency exit on the bulkhead deck or into the open air. This does not apply to the individual cabins.
c)
Outputs referred to in point (a) and (b) must be suitably arranged, a clear width of at least 0.80 m and a clear width of at least 0.80 m. Have a height of at least 2.00 m. For doors of passenger cabins and other small spaces, the clear width shall be reduced to 0.70 m.
d)
In the case of rooms or groups of rooms for more than one room, the when 80 passengers are provided, the sum of the widths of all exits intended for passengers and must be used by them in an emergency shall be at least 0.01 m per passenger.
e)
If the number of passengers is decisive for the total width of all exits, the width of each output must be at least 0.005 m per passenger.
f)
Noexits must have a minimum side length of at least 0.60 m, or a minimum diameter of 0.70 m. They must be opened in the direction of flight and must be marked on both sides.
g)
Outputs of rooms for use by persons with reduced mobility. Mobility shall have a clear width of at least 0.90 m. Exits that are usually used for the onboard or Vonboard operation of persons with reduced mobility must have a clear width of at least 1.50 m.
4.
The doors of passenger rooms must meet the following requirements:
a)
With the exception of the doors that lead after connections, they must be open to the outside or built as sliding doors.
b)
Cabin doors must be so designed that they can be opened from the outside at any time.
c)
Doors with drive have to be easily opened if drive power fails.
d)
On doors that are in the case of use by persons with reduced mobility, the lateral distance between the lock-side inner edge of the door frame and an adjacent, perpendicular to the door plane shall be on the side to which the door winches out. at least 0.60 m
5.
Connection passes must meet the following requirements:
a)
You must have a clear width of at least 0.80. If they lead to spaces intended for more than 80 passengers, they must meet the requirements referred to in point 3 (d) and (e), the width of the exits leading to the connections.
b)
Your clear height must not be less than 2.00 m.
c)
Connections that are used for use by Persons with reduced mobility shall have a clear width of at least 1.30 m. Connections with a width of more than 1.50 m must have handrails on both sides.
d)
If there is only one connection to a room intended for passengers, it is necessary to: the clear width of the connection is at least 1.00 m.
e)
You must be free of paragraphs.
f)
You're only allowed to lead to free decks, spaces or stairs.
g)
Dead ends in connection corridors not longer than two meters.
6.
escape routes must meet the following requirements in addition to the following number 5:
a)
When arranging stairs, exits, and emergency exits, it must be taken into account that in the case of fire in any room can be left out of any other room.
b)
Escape routes must be on the shortest path to collection areas according to point 8.
c)
Escape routes must not run through machine rooms and kitchens.
d)
In the course of escape routes,
e)
The doors of escape routes must be constructed in such a way as to ensure that the minimum width of the escape route is specified in point 5. Point (a) or (d) not constricted.
f)
Escape routes and emergency exits must be clearly marked. The markings must be illuminated by the emergency lighting
7.
Escape routes and emergency exits must be provided via a suitable safety guidance system.
8.
For all persons on board, collection surfaces must be present that meet the following requirements:
a)
The total area of the collection surfaces (AS) must be at least equal to the following:

φEthe wreaking angle in the end state of the flooding, taking into account the moment after number 4;
φm the angle of the vanishing stability or the angle at which the first unprotected opening comes to water, or 25 °; the lower one of these values is to be applied;
GZRthe tail lever arm in the end state of the flooding, taking into account the moment in accordance with point 4;
GZK the wrenching lever arm from the moment after point 4.
Day-out ships:AS = 0,35-Fmax [m2];
Cabin ships:AS = 0,45-Fmax [m2].


In these formulas,


Fmax = the maximum number of passengers on board.
b)
Each individual collection and evacuation area must be greater than 10 m2 .
c)
The collection surfaces must be free of moving and fixed furniture.
d)
Located in a room where a collection area is shown, movable furniture, it is sufficient to secure against slipping.
e)
Located in a room where a collection area is designated, fixed seating furniture, the number of persons for whom it is suitable is required in the calculation of the the total area of the collection areas referred to in point (a) shall not be taken into account. However, the number of persons for which a fixed-seat furniture is incorporated in a room shall not exceed the number of persons for which collection areas are available in that space.
f)
The rescue assets must be easily accessible from the evacuation surfaces.
g)
A safe Evacuation of the persons from the evacuation areas must be possible from both sides of the ship.
h)
The collection areas must be above the margin line.
i)
The collection and evacuation areas are to be presented and marked on board in the safety plan as such.
j)
The rules referred to in point (d) and (e) also apply to open decks on which collection areas are designated.
k)
The number of persons for which they are suitable is required in the calculation of the total area of the collection areas referred to in point (a) on board.
l)
However, the total area referred to in point (a) shall, in all cases where a reduction is carried out in accordance with point (e), (j) and (k), shall be at least 50% of the maximum number of passengers on board shall be sufficient.
9.
stairs in the passenger area and their platforms must:
a)
to be built according to European Standard EN 13056: 2000;
b)
a clear width of at least 0.80 m or, if they lead to connecting corridors or stairs used by more than 80 passengers, at least 0.01 m per passenger have;
c)
have a clear width of at least 1.00 m if they lead to a space intended for passengers, accessible only via this connecting staircase is;
d)
in the safe area, unless there is at least one staircase on each ship's side in the same room;
e)
In addition, if it is intended for use by persons with reduced mobility, the following requirements are sufficient:
aa)
the tilt of the stairs must not exceed 38 °;
bb)
The stairs must have a clear width of at least 0.90 m;
cc)
the stairs must not be
dd)
The stairs must not run across the ship;
ee)
the Steps of the stairs are to be executed with a horizontal distance of 0.30 m over the entry and exit points in such a way that they do not restrict traffic routes;
ff)
Handrails, Front edges of at least the first and last steps, as well as the floor coverings at the ends of the stairs, are to be emphasized by colour design
elevators intended for use by persons with reduced mobility , and lifts, such as stairlifts or lifting platforms, must be carried out in accordance with a relevant standard or requirement of one of the Rhine-countries or of Belgium.
10.
Passengers for certain non-closed parts of the decks must meet the following requirements:
a)
You must be surrounded with a fixed armor dress of at least 1.00 m height or a railing according to European Standard EN 711: 1995, type PF, PG or PZ. Dress dresses and railings of decks intended for use by persons with reduced mobility must have a height of at least 1.10 m.
b)
Openings and devices for the onboard or onboard exit, as well as openings for loading or loading, must be secured and have a clear width of at least 1.00 m. Openings that are usually used for the onboard or convoy of persons with reduced mobility must have a clear width of 1.50 m.
c)
The openings or devices for the onboard or Vonbordwalk cannot be viewed by the wheelhouse, optical or electronic means must be present
11.
The parts of the ships not intended for passengers, in particular the access to the wheelhouse, to the winches and to machinery spaces, must be secured against entry of unauthorised persons . In addition, a symbol corresponding to Appendix I, Figure 1, must be attached to these accesses.
12.
Landwebs must be in accordance with the European Standard EN 14206: obtained in 2003. By way of derogation from § 10.02 No. 2 (d), its length may be less than 4 m.
13.
Traffic areas used for the use by persons with reduced mobility shall have a clear width of at least 1.30 m and shall be free of sleepers and bulls, the height of which exceeds 0.025 m. Walls on traffic areas intended for use by persons with reduced mobility shall be provided with handrails at a height of 0.90 m above the ground.
14.
Glastdoors, glass walls on traffic surfaces and window panes must be made of pre-stressed glass or laminated glass. They can also be made of plastic if permissible with regard to fire protection.
transparent doors and transparent walls on traffic surfaces reaching down to the floor must be conspicuously marked.
15.
Buildings that consist entirely or whose roofs are made of panoramic pans, or indoors by tarpaulins or similar mobile devices, as well as their substructure may only be made of such materials and must be constructed in such a way that, in the event of damage, the risk of injury to persons is as low as possible.
16.
Drinking water systems must: comply with at least the requirements of § 12.05.
17.
Toilets for passengers must be available. At least one toilet must be equipped for use by persons with reduced mobility in accordance with a relevant standard or requirement of one of the Rhine-State States or Belgium, and on passenger areas for use by Persons with reduced mobility are to be reached.
18.
Cabins, which do not have a window to be opened, must be connected to a ventilation system.
19.
Rooms in which crew or crew are housed must conform to this paragraph as appropriate.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 15.07 Drive System

1.
In addition to the main propulsion system, the ship must be equipped with a second independent propulsion system that ensures that the ship will fail in the event of failure of the main propulsion system can move out of its own power.
2.
The second independent drive system must be in a separate machine room. If the two machinery spaces have common separation surfaces, they must be constructed in accordance with § 15.11 No. 2.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.08 Safety equipment and equipment

1.
Passenger ships must be equipped with an internal Telephone connection according to § 7.08. It must also collect the operating rooms and, if there is no direct agreement from the tax base, the entry areas and collection areas for passengers according to § 15.06 No. 8.
2.
All passenger areas have to be reached with a speaker system. The system must be dimensioned in such a way that transmitted information can be clearly distinguished from background noise. If there is a direct communication from the control station to a passenger area, there is no need to be present there.
3.
An alarm system must exist be. This must be divided into:
a)
an alarm system for alerting the ship's management and crew by Passengers, crew members or on-board personnel.
This alarm should only be given in the rooms for ship management and crew, and may only be erased by the ship's management. The alarm must be triggered at least at the following locations:
aa)
in each Cabin;
bb)
in aisles, elevators and stair shafts such that the path to the next trigger is at most 10 m, but at least one trigger per unit water-tight compartment must be present;
cc)
in social, food and similar lounges;
dd)
in toilets provided for use by persons with reduced mobility;
ee)
in Machinery spaces, kitchens and similar fire-prone spaces;
ff)
in refrigerated and other storage rooms.
The alarm triggers are at a height of 0.85 m to 1.10 m above ground level;
b)
an alarm system for alerting passengers by ship management.
This alarm must be available in all passengers Clear and unmistakable spaces can be perceived. It must be able to be triggered in the wheelhouse and at a place permanently occupied by staff;
c)
an alarm system for alerting the crew and the on-board personnel by the ship management according to § 7.09 No. 1.
This alarm system must also reach the lounges for the on-board personnel, the cooling rooms and other storage rooms.
The alarm triggers must be protected against unintended use
4.
Each waterproof compartment must be equipped with a level alarm.
5.
Two motor-driven Lenzpumps must be present.
6.
A Lenzing system with fixed pipes must be present.
7.
Cooling rooms must also be opened from the inside when the door is closed.
8.
Find parts of CO2-control systems in spaces below deck shall be provided with a ventilation system which automatically uses this space when the door or hatch is opened. The ventilation pipes must be brought down to the floor of this room up to 0.05 m.
9.
In addition to the association box according to § 10.02 No. 2 letter f, additional There will be a sufficient number of verbal boxes. The tape boxes and their placement must meet the requirements of § 10.02 No. 2 letter f.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.09 Rescue equipment

1.
In addition to the rescue rings referred to in § 10.05 No. 1, all of the rescue rings must be Passengers of certain non-closed parts of the decks on both sides of the ship rescue rings, which are
-
the European Standard EN 14144: 2003 or
-
the 1974 International Convention for the Protection of the of human life at sea (SOLAS 1974), Chapter III, Rule 7.1 and the International Rescue Agent (LSA) Code (2.1
, shall be in each case at a maximum distance of 20 m.
One half of all mandatory rescue rings shall be with a minimum of 30 m long, floatable lees of 8 to 11 mm in diameter. The other half of the mandatory rescue rings must be provided with a self-igniting, battery-powered and water-non-extinguishing light.
2.
In addition to the rescue rings referred to in point 1, individual rescuers must be available for all members of the on-board staff in accordance with § 10.05 No. 2. For the members of the on-board personnel who do not take on any tasks according to the safety role, solid or semi-automatically inflatable lifejackets are also allowed according to the standards referred to in § 10.05 No. 2.
3.
Passenger ships must have appropriate facilities to ensure safe passage from onboard to shallow water, to the shore or onboard of another vehicle
4.
In addition to the rescue funds referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2, for a total of 100% of the maximum permissible number of passengers, individual rescuers must be provided in accordance with § 10.05 No. 2, although solid or semi-automatic inflatable lifejackets are also permitted in accordance with the standards referred to in § 10.05 No. 2.
5.
(Without Contents)
6.
Additional collecting devices are equipment that allows the buoyant movement of several people in the water. You must:
a)
have a label from which to use and the number of people for which they are suitable;
b)
have a lift in the fresh water of at least 100 N per person;
c)
made of suitable materials and resistant to oil and oil products, as well as temperatures up to 50 °C;
d)
maintain and maintain a stable floating position with appropriate holding devices for the specified number of people;
e)
retrending orange or permanently attached retrorable, all-visible surfaces of at least 100 cm2 and
f)
from their site quickly and safely can be left out of a person or float freely.
7.
In addition, inflatable collective rescuers must:
a)
consist of at least two separate air chambers;
b)
automatically or by passing through the Can be inflated by hand and
c)
at any load occurring, even if only half of the air chambers are inflated, a stable floating position
8.
The rescue equipment must be placed on board in such a way that it can be easily and safely reached if necessary. Hidden storage places must be clearly marked.
9.
The rescue equipment must be checked for the manufacturer's details.
10.
The dinghy must be equipped with a motor and a searchlight.
11.
A suitable Stretcher must be present.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.10 Electrical Assets

1.
Only electrical attachments are allowed for the lighting.
2.
§ 9.16 No. 3 also applies to aisles and recreation rooms for passengers.
3.
For the following rooms and provision of adequate lighting and emergency lighting:
a)
places where
b)
Escape routes, passengers ' entrance, including land-lands, to-and Exits, connecting corridors, elevators and stairs of apartments, cabins and residential areas;
c)
Markings of escape routes and emergency exits;
d)
other areas that are intended for use by persons with reduced mobility;
e)
Operating, machine and rowing machine rooms as well as their outputs;
f)
Control House;
g)
Space for the emergency power source;
h)
places where fire extinguishers and the control panels of the Fire extinguishers are located;
i)
Areas in which passengers, crew and crew gather in an emergency.
4.
There must be an emergency power plant, consisting of an emergency power source and emergency switchboard, which, in the event of failure of the power supply of the following electrical devices, Replacement power supply can take over if the device does not have its own power source:
a)
Signalleuchten;
b)
Sound Devices;
c)
Emergency lighting according to number 3;
d)
speech func;
e)
Alarm, speaker, and onboard messaging systems;
f)
Headlight according to § 10.02 No. 2 letter i;
g)
fire alarm system;
h)
other security devices such as self-working Pressure water spray systems or fire pumps;
i)
lifts and elevators according to § 15.06 No. 9 sentence 2.
5.
The emergency lighting illuminators must be marked as such.
6.
The emergency power system shall be situated outside the main machinery space, the spaces in which the energy sources are housed in accordance with § 9.02 No. 1, and the installation space of the main switchboard, and shall be separated from these spaces by separating surfaces according to § 15.11 No. 2
cables supplying electrical equipment in an emergency are to be installed and lead in such a way that the continuity of the supply to these facilities is maintained in the event of fire and flooding. In any event, these cables may not be routed through the main machinery space, by kitchens or rooms containing the main electrical energy source and the associated equipment, except in the sense that it is necessary to provide the main source of electrical energy and the equipment.
The emergency power installation must be situated above the margin line or, to the extent that it is from the energy sources in accordance with § 9.02 No. 1, that it is not at the same time in case of leakage according to § 15.03 No. 9 is flooded with these energy sources.
7.
As an emergency power source, are allowed:
a)
Aggregate with its own independent fuel supply and independent cooling system, which automatically start up in case of power failure and within 30 seconds the power supply automatically or, if they are in the immediate vicinity of the tax house or any other body permanently occupied by crew members, they may be left by hand.
b)
accumulators that automatically take over the power in the event of a power failure or if they are in the immediate vicinity of the tax house or another permanently by crew members occupied by hand, can be switched on by hand. They must be able to supply the listed consumers during the prescribed period without any intermediate charge and without any undue voltage drop.
8.
The service life to be provided for the emergency power supply is to be determined according to the purpose of the passenger ship. It must not be less than 30 minutes.
9.
The insulation resistances and the grounding for electrical systems must be tested on the occasion of investigations according to § 2.09
10.
The energy sources according to § 9.02 No. 1 must be independent of each other.
11.
Faults in the main or emergency power plant must not lead to a mutual influence on the operational safety of the plants.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 15.11 Fire Protection

1.
The fire protection technical suitability of materials and components must be determined by an accredited testing institute on the basis of appropriate testing requirements.
a)
The test institute must:
aa)
the fire verification code or
bb)
the European Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025: 2000 on the general requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories
.
b)
Test rules for determining non-combustibility of materials are:
aa)
Appendix 1 Part 1 of the Fire Test Method Code and
bb)
equivalent rules of one of the RheinuferStates or Belgians.
c)
Testing requirements for the determination of the flame retardancy of materials are:
aa)
the applicable requirements of Appendix 1, Parts 5 (Surface Flame Test test), 6 (Test for covering coverings), 7 (test for suspended textiles and plastics), 8 (test for upholstered furniture), 9 (test for individual parts of the bedding) of the code for fire testing procedures and
bb)
equivalent rules of one of the Rhine States or Belgians.
d)
Review Rules Determination of fire resistance are:
aa)
Appendix 1, Part 3 of the Fire Test Procedure Code and
bb)
equivalent regulations of one of the Rhine States or of Belgium.
e)
In accordance with the Fire Test Procedure Code, the Commission of Inquiry may prescribe an attempt at a pattern separation surface to ensure that the rules
2.
parting surfaces
a)
spaces must be run according to the following tables:
aa) 5
Table for divisions of rooms where no pressurized water spray systems are installed in accordance with § 10.03a

Rooms Control stations Stair shafts Collection surfaces Accommodation Rooms Machine spaces kitchens Storage spaces
Control stations- A0 A0/B15 1 A30 A60 A60 A30/A60 5
Treppenschächte- A0 A30 A60 A60 A30
Collection surfaces- A30/B15 2 A60 A60 A30/A605
Accommodation spaces-/A0/B15 3 A60 A60 A30
Machine spaces A60/A0 4 A60 A60
kitchens A0 A30/B15 6
Storage spaces-
bb)
Table for spaces in which rooms are separated Pressurized water spray systems according to § 10.03a are installed

Rooms Control stations Treppenschächte Collared surfaces Accommodation Rooms Machine spaces kitchens Storage spaces
Control stations- A0 A0/B151 A0 A60 A30 A0/A305
Stair shafts- A0 A0 A60 A30 A0
Collection surfaces- A30/B15 2 A60 A30 A0/A305
Accommodation spaces-/B15/B03 A60 A30 A0
Machine spaces  A60/A0 4 A60 A60
Küchen - A0/B15 6
Storage spaces-
1
parting surfaces between control stations and the inside Collection surfaces must be of type A0, but only B15.
2
Separation areas between accommodation spaces and inner collection surfaces must be of type A30, but only type B15 in the case of external collecting surfaces.
3
Walls of cabins, walls between cabins and aisles, and vertical divisions of passenger areas according to point 10 must be of type B15, in rooms with Pressure water spray systems correspond to the type B0. Separation areas between cabins and saunas must be of type A0, in spaces with pressurized water spray systems, type B15.
4
Separation areas between machinery spaces according to § § 15.07 and 15.10 number 6 must correspond to the type A60, otherwise the type A0.
5
Separation areas between storage rooms for the storage of flammable liquids and control stations as well as collection areas must conform to the type A60, in spaces with pressurized water spray systems type A 30.
6
For the separation of kitchens to cool rooms or to storage rooms for food, B15 sufficient.
b)
of type A are bulkheads, walls and decks that meet the following requirements:
aa)
they are made of steel or some other equivalent material;
bb)
they are stiffened in a suitable way;
cc)
they are with an approved non-combustible material insulated in such a way that the average temperature on the side facing the fire does not rise by more than 140 °C above the initial temperature and at no point, including the butt joint, a temperature increase of more than 180 °C over the Entering the initial temperature within the time specified below:

dd)
they are built to allow the passage of smoke and flames until the end of the one-hour normal fire test
c)
type B are bulkheads, walls, decks, ceilings, or linings that meet the following requirements:
aa)
they consist of an approved non-combustible material, and all materials used for the Production and assembly of the parting surfaces shall not be combustible, except for the surface material, which must be at least flame retardant;
bb)
They have such an insulating value that the average temperature on the side facing the fire does not rise by more than 140 ° C above the initial temperature and to no point, including the butt joint, a temperature increase of more than 225 ° C above the initial temperature will occur within the time specified below:

A6060 minutes
Type A3030 Minutes
Type A00 minute;
Type B1515 minutes
Type B00 minute;
cc)
they are so built to prevent the passage of flames until the end of the first half hour of normal fire test.
3.
In rooms, except for machine and storage rooms, paints, varnishes, and other products for surface treatment, as well as cover coverings, must be flame retardant. Carpets, fabrics, curtains and other hanging textile materials as well as upholstered furniture and bedding must be flame retardant, provided that the rooms in which they are located do not have a pressurized water spray system according to § 10.03a
4.
Blankets and wall coverings, including their substructure, fitted in accommodation spaces, provided that the rooms are not covered by a The pressure water spray system according to § 10.03a shall be made of non-combustible materials, with the exception of their surfaces, which must be at least flame retardant. Sentence 1 shall not apply to saunas.
5.
In accommodation spaces where collection surfaces are located, furniture and fittings must be made of non-combustible materials, if the rooms do not have a pressurized water spray system according to § 10.03a.
6.
Colors, varnishes and other materials used on exposed inner surfaces, do not produce exceptional quantities of smoke and toxic substances. This is to be demonstrated in accordance with the fire test method code.
7.
insulating materials in accommodation spaces do not have to be combustible. This does not apply to insulations of cooling-medium-conducting lines. The surfaces of the insulations of these lines must be at least difficult to ignite.
7a.
Planning or similar mobile devices, with which cover areas partially or completely enclosed, as well as their substructures must be flame-retardant.
8.
Doors in divisions according to point 2 must be subject to the following requirements suffixed:
a)
You must meet the same requirements of the number 2 as the parting surfaces
b)
You must self-closing if the doors are in partition walls according to point 10 or in the containment of machinery spaces, kitchens and stairs
c)
Self-closing doors that are open in normal operation must be located on the spot and from a place permanently occupied by ship personnel. can be closed. After a remote-operated closing, the door must be opened again and safely closed on the spot.
d)
Water-tight doors according to § 15.02 do not need to be
9.
Walls according to point 2 must be continuous from deck to deck or on continuous ceilings, which meet the same requirements as in point 2
10.
The following passenger areas must be divided by vertical dividing surfaces according to point 2:
a)
Passenger spaces where the total base area exceeds 800 m2 ;
b)
The passenger areas in which cabins are located at intervals of not more than 40 m.
The vertical parting surfaces must be smoke-tight under normal conditions and from deck to deck
11.
Cavities over ceilings, under floors and behind wall coverings must be at intervals of not more than 14 m by non-combustible, even in the event of fire well sealed air locks are separated.
12.
stairs must be made of steel or another non-combustible non-combustible material
13.
Inner stairs and elevators must be taken into account at all levels by walls according to point 2. The following exceptions are allowed:
a)
A staircase that connects only two decks does not need to be despised, if on a deck the Staircase is enclosed by walls according to point 2.
b)
Stairs do not need to be considered in an accommodation room if they are completely inside this room and if
aa)
this space extends only over two decks, or
bb)
in this room, a pressurized water spray system according to § 10.03a is installed on all decks, this room has a smoke extraction system according to point 16 and the room on all decks has a Access to a stairway slot
14.
ventilation systems and air supply systems must meet the following requirements:
a)
You must be so designed that there is a spread of fire and smoke through these systems and systems
b)
openings for supply and exhaust air and air supply systems must be closed.
c)
The ventilation ducts must be made of steel or an equivalent non-combustible material, and must be securely connected to each other and to the ship's structure.
d)
If ventilation channels with a cross-section of more than 0.02 m2 are passed through separation surfaces according to point 2 of type A or parting surfaces according to point 10, they must be (e)
ventilation systems for self-employed persons and shall be equipped with fire dampers operated by an on-board staff or crew members.
e)
ventilation systems for Kitchens and machinery spaces must be separate from ventilation systems that supply other areas.
f)
Air ducts are equipped with closable openings for inspection and Cleaning should be provided. These openings must be located in the vicinity of the fire dampers.
g)
Built-in ventilators must be removed from a central location outside the engine room
15.
The kitchens must be equipped with ventilation systems and kitchen stovets. The exhaust ducts of the prints must meet the requirements of point 14 and must also be fitted with hand-operated fire dampers at the inlet openings.
16.
Control stations, stair shafts, and inner collection surfaces must be provided with natural or machine smoke extraction systems. Smoke exhaust systems must meet the following requirements:
a)
You must have sufficient Performance and reliability.
b)
You must do justice to the operating conditions of the passenger ship.
c)
If smoke exhaust systems also serve the general ventilation of the rooms, their function as a smoke extraction system in the event of fire must not be hindered.
d)
Smoke exhaust systems must have a hand-operated trigger device.
e)
Machine Smoke exhaust systems must also be able to be operated from a place permanently occupied by on-board personnel or crew members.
f)
Smoke exhaust systems with Natural deduction must be provided with an opening mechanism which is operated either by hand or by a source of energy located within the trigger.
g)
Hand-to-use triggering devices and opening mechanisms must be accessible from inside and outside the room to be protected
17.
Accommodation rooms that are not constantly seen by crew members and crew members, kitchens, machinery spaces, and other vulnerable spaces have to be adapted to the needs of the The fire alarm system is connected. The presence of a fire as well as the fire area must be automatically displayed at a position permanently occupied by on-board personnel or crew members.
unofficial table of contents

§ 15.12 fire-fighting

1.
In addition to the portable fire extinguishers according to § 10.03, at least the following portable fire extinguishers must be present on board:
a)
a portable fire extinguisher per 120 m2 gross floor area of the Passenger spaces;
b)
a portable fire extinguisher per group of 10 cabins caught;
c)
a portable fire extinguisher in every kitchen and close to any room where flammable liquids are stored or used. In kitchens, the extinguishing agent must also be suitable for combating grease fires.
These additional fire extinguishers must comply with the requirements of § 10.03 No. 2 and be set up and distributed on the ship in such a way that they are equipped with a fire cooker. a fire extinguisher can be immediately reached at any point at any time. A fire-extinguishing ceiling must be available in every kitchen, in hairdressing salons and perfumeries.
2.
Passenger ships must be fitted with a hydrant system. Consisting of:
a)
two fire pumps with motor drive and sufficient capacity, of which: a fixed installation;
b)
a fire line with a sufficient number of hydrants with fixed, at least 20 m long fire-extinguishing hoses with A jet tube capable of producing both a spray mist and a water jet, provided with a closing possibility
3.
The Hydrant installations must be designed and dimensioned in such a way that
a)
means any location of the ship of at least two locally different hydrants can be reached each with a single tube length of at most 20 m;
b)
the pressure at the hydrants at least 300 kPa and
c)
can be reached on all decks with a water jet length of at least 6 m.
If hydrant cabinets are present, it must be their outsides shall be a symbol for "Extinguishing Hose" according to Annex I, Image 5 with an edge length of at least 10 cm.
4.
Hydrante valves with Screw threads or cocks must be able to be placed in such a way that each of the fire hoses can be cut off and removed during the operation of the fire pumps.
5.
Indoor fire-fighting hoses must be rolled up on an axially connected reel.
6.
Materials for fire-fighting equipment must be heat-resistant or adequately protected against heat in the heat.
7.
Tubes and hydrants must be arranged in such a way that the possibility of freezing is avoided.
8.
The two fire pumps must be:
a)
placed or housed in separate spaces;
b)
are independent of each other
c)
each shall be able to maintain the necessary pressure on the hydrant on all decks and to maintain the required length of the water jet.
d)
placed in front of the rear bulkhead
Fire pumps may be used for general operational purposes.
9.
Machine spaces must be provided with a fixed fire-extinguishing system in accordance with § 10.03b.
10.
Cabin ships must:
a)
Two air-circulation-independent breathing apparatus according to the European Standard EN 137: 1993 with full mask in accordance with European Standard EN 136: 1998;
b)
two sets of equipment consisting of at least one protective suit, helmet, boots, gloves, axe, Crushers, flashlight and guide line;
c)
Four Curves
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 15.13 Security Organization

1.
On passenger ships, a security role must be present. It describes the tasks of the crew and of the on-board personnel for the following cases:
a)
Havarie;
b)
fire on board;
c)
Passengers Evacuation;
d)
Person overboard.
Special security measures for Persons with reduced mobility are required to take account of them.
The various tasks are assigned to the members of the crew and to the on-board personnel who have tasks in the security role, the function after. In particular, special instructions must ensure that all doors and openings in watertight bulkheads are immediately watertight in accordance with § 15.02 in the event of danger.
2.
The security role includes a safety plan of the ship, which is clearly and clearly defined at least:
a)
Areas that are intended for use by persons with reduced mobility ;
b)
escape routes, emergency exits, collection and evacuation areas;
c)
rescue equipment and Dinghies;
d)
Fire extinguishers and fire extinguishers and automatic pressure water spray systems;
e)
other security equipment;
f)
alarm system according to § 15.08 No. 3 letter a;
g)
Alarmanlage according to § 15.08 No. 3 letter b and c;
h)
Doors in Scots pursuant to § 15.02 No. 5 and their Operating points as well as other openings according to § 15.02 No. 9, 10 and 13 and § 15.03 No. 12;
i)
Doors according to § 15.11 No. 8;
j)
Feuerklapp;
k)
fire alarm system;
l)
Notstromanlage;
m)
airliners operating organs;
n)
Land_key;
o)
Fuel lines shut-off;
p)
liquefied gas condition;
q)
speaker systems;
r)
speaking funders;
s)
tape boxes.
3.
The security role according to number 1 and the safety plan according to number 2 must be:
a)
a visual note of the Inquiry Commission and
b)
at a suitable location on each deck clearly visible
4.
In each cabin there must be a code of conduct for passengers as well as a shortened safety plan, which only provides the information in accordance with Number 2 (a) to (f) are located.
These behavioral rules must contain at least:
a)
Emergencies Designation:
aa
Fire;
bb)
Leck;
cc)
General hazard.
b)
Description of the respective distress signals.
c)
Statements with respect to:
aa)
Fluchtweg;
bb)
Behavior;
cc)
Preservation of quietness.
d)
Notes regarding:
aa)
Smoking;
bb)
Use of fire and open light;
cc)
Open the window;
dd)
Using certain devices.
These details must be in German, English, French, and Dutch. Non-official table of contents

§ 15.14 Establition for the collection and disposal of domestic waste water

1.
Passenger ships must be equipped with waste water collection tanks or suitable curb equipment
2.
Waste water collection tanks must have sufficient content. The tanks must be provided with a device for determining the filling level or the filling level. In order to empty the tanks, there must be in-board pumps and pipes, by means of which the waste water can be transferred on both sides of the ship. It is necessary to allow the drains of other vessels to be drained. The lines must be provided with a discharge connection according to the European Standard EN 1306: 1996.
Non-official table of contents

§ 15.15 Derogations for certain passenger ships

1.
passenger ships used for the carriage of less when 50 passengers are admitted and whose optical fibre does not exceed 25 m, either proof of sufficient leakage stability according to § 15.03 no. 7 to 13 must be provided or prove that they are in the symmetrically flooded state following criteria matches:
a)
the ship can dive at maximum to the dive boundary and
b)
the remaining metacentric height GMR must not be less than 0.10 m.
The required residual lift is due to the appropriate choice of material of the ship's hull or by The float is made of closed-cell foam firmly connected to the fuselage. For ships with a length of more than 15 m, the residual buoyance may be ensured by a combination of buoyance bodies and bulkhead division for the 1-department status according to § 15.03.
2.
In passenger ships referred to in point 1, the Commission of Inquiry may allow minor deviations from the level required by § 15.06 (3) (c) and (5) (b). The deviation shall not exceed 5%. In the event of deviations, the relevant parts of the ship must be marked in colour.
3.
By way of derogation from § 15.03 No. 9, passenger ships, which are responsible for the transport of No more than 250 passengers are allowed and their length does not exceed 45 m, do not comply with the 2-department status.
4.
(without content)
5.
The Commission of Inquiry can be based on the fulfilment of the § § in passenger ships which are approved for the carriage of at most 250 passengers and whose optical fibre does not exceed 25 m. 10.04 if the passenger ship is equipped with a platform which can be reached on both sides, just above the swimming water line, which makes it possible to recover persons from the water. The passenger ship may be provided with a comparable device, where:
a)
for operation a person must be sufficient;
b)
mobile facilities are allowed;
c)
the device must be outside the hazard area of the propulsive organs and
d)
a effective communication between the ship's guide and the person serving the device must be possible
6.
The commission of inquiry may be Passenger ships approved for the carriage of not more than 600 passengers and whose length does not exceed 45 m shall not be satisfied from the performance of § 10.04 if the passenger ship with a platform as specified in the first sentence of paragraph 5 or with one of the Platform comparable to that referred to in the second sentence of paragraph 5. In addition, the passenger ship
a)
as the main drive must be a rudder propeller, a cycloidal propeller or a water jet drive, or
b)
a main drive with 2 propulsive organs or
c)
have a main drive and a bow blasting system
.
7.
By way of derogation from § 15.02 No. 9, the Passenger ships, whose length does not exceed 45 m and whose maximum passenger number corresponds to the length of the ship in metres, shall be provided with a hand-operated door without a remote control in a bulkhead in accordance with § 15.02 No. 5 in the passenger area, if:
a)
the ship has only one deck;
b)
to reach this door directly from the deck and not more than 10 m from access to the deck;
c)
the bottom edge of the door opening is at least 30 cm above the floor of the passenger area, and
d)
two compartments separated by the door are equipped with a level alarm.
8.
By way of derogation from § 15.06 No. 6 (c), passenger ships may be replaced by Number 7 will lead to an escape route through a kitchen, provided there is a second escape route.
9.
For passenger ships, whose length does not exceed 45 m, § 15.01 No. 2 (e) if the liquefied gas installations are equipped with appropriate warning devices for concentrations of CO which are hazardous to health and for explosive gas-air mixtures.
10.
The following rules do not apply to passenger ships whose LWL does not exceed 25 m:
a)
§ 15.04 No. 1 last sentence;
b)
§ 15.06 No. 6 letter c, as far as kitchens are affected, provided that a second escape route is present;
c)
§ 15.07.
11.
For cabin ships, No more than 45 m, § 15.12 no. 10 shall not apply, provided that in each cabin there are flight thauves in a number corresponding to that of the beds there.

Chapter 16
Special provisions for vehicles intended for use as part of a pusher band, a towing association or a coupled assembly

unofficial table of contents

§ 16.01 for pushing appropriate vehicles

1.
Vehicles that are to be used for pushing must be provided with a suitable pushing device. They must be built and equipped in such a way that
a)
the transition to the pushed vehicle also with the Coupling means are easily and safely possible;
b)
You can take a fixed position with the coupled vehicle or vehicles, and
c)
moving the vehicles off against each other.
2.
Will wire ropes to the dome , at least two special winches or equivalent devices for tensioning the ropes must be arranged on the vehicle suitable for pushing.
3.
Clutch Devices must allow a rigid connection with the pushed or pushed vehicle.

In the case of pusher groups that are pushed out of a sliding and only one if the vehicle is pushed, the coupling devices can also make a controlled kinking possible. The drives required for this purpose must be able to absorb the forces to be transmitted in a satisfactory way and must be easy and safe to operate. For these drives, § § 6.02 to 6.04 apply analogously.
4.
In the case of thrust boats, the collision bulkhead can be omitted in accordance with § 3.03 No. 1 letter a.
Non-official table of contents

§ 16.02 Vehicles suitable to be created

1.
No control device, apartment, machine or boiler room for school leasemen:
a)
Chapters 5 to 7, 12;
b)
§ 8.08, No. 2 to 8, § 10.02, § 10.05 No. 1.
If there are control facilities, flats, machine or boiler rooms, the relevant requirements of this Regulation are
2.
For carrier ship lighter with L of not more than 40 m, also applies:
a)
Water-tight transverse bulkheads according to § 3.03 No. 1 can be dispensed with if the end face can absorb at least 2.5 times the load as the collision bulkhead of an inland waterway with the corresponding draught, which is constructed in accordance with the rules of a classification society recognised by all the Rhine States and Belgium.
b)
Differing from § 8.08 No.1 difficult to access double-bottomed cells must be able to be lenzable only if their space content exceeds 5% of the water displacement of the carrier ship lighter with the largest permissible countersink
3.
Vehicles that are to be pushed must be fitted with coupling devices that ensure a safe connection with other vehicles.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 16.03 For the Moving of Coupled Vehicles Suitable Vehicles

On vehicles that are used to move the coupled vehicles For vehicles to be used, there must be poller or equivalent devices which, according to the number and arrangement, allow a secure connection of the coupled vehicles. Non-official table of contents

§ 16.04 Vehicles suitable for continuous movement in associations

vehicles that are to be moved in associations must be have coupling devices, poller or equivalent devices suitable for this purpose, which, according to the number and arrangement, ensure a secure connection with the other vehicle or vehicles of the association. Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 16.05 Vehicles Suitable For Towing

1.
Vehicles that are to be used for towing must meet the following requirements:
a)
The towing devices must be arranged in such a way that their use is the safety of the vehicle, of its crew and its cargo.
b)
Bugsing and towing vehicles must be equipped with a towing hook that can be safely released from the wheelhouse , this shall not apply where, due to the design or other equipment, the Kentern is prevented.
c)
The towing equipment must be towed or a towing hook. The towing devices must be located in front of the screw plane. This shall not apply to tugs which are controlled by the driving organ, such as rudder propellers or cycloidal propellers.
d)
By way of derogation from point (c), it is sufficient to: Vehicles used exclusively for the towing of vehicles with a machine drive as defined in the Rhine Navigation Ordinance, including a towing device, such as poller or equivalent devices. Point (b) applies accordingly.
e)
If there is a risk that the towed trousers may be caught on the roller coaster, there must be a wire-catcher attached to the trawls there.
.
2.
Vehicles with L of more than 86 m must not be allowed for towing to the valley.
unofficial table of contents

§ 16.06 trial trips with associations

1.
To grant approval as a dragboat or a motor ship to move vehicles in a rigid association and to register the appropriate note in the ship test The Commission of Inquiry determines whether and which formations are to be presented to it and arrangers the test drives according to § 5.02 with the association in the requested formations, which appear to be the most unfavourable. In doing so, this association must comply with § § 5.02 to 5.10.
The commission of inquiry shall ensure that the rigid connection of all vehicles of the association in the manoeuvres under Chapter 5 is ensured.
2.
In the test drives referred to in point 1, special equipment shall be attached to the vehicles moving in the association (such as rowing, drive or maneuvering devices, joint couplings) in order to comply with § § 5.02 to 5.10, in this case the ship test of the vehicle moving the association shall be entered: the formation, position, name and European vessel number of the approved vehicles, which shall be subject to these special conditions.
Non-official table of contents

§ 16.07 Articles of entry into the ship test

1.
If you want to move a vehicle or move in it, it must be noted in the ship's test , that it is suitable for the requirements of § § 16.01 to 16.06.
2.
In the ship test of the moving vehicle are to be entered:
a)
approved federations and formations;
b)
Type of clutches;
c)
largest determined clutch forces and
d)
optionally minimum break force of the coupling ropes of the longitudinal joints as well as the number of rope guides.

Chapter 17
floating device special provisions

unofficial table of contents

§ 17.01 General provisions

For floating devices shall apply to the construction and equipment of Chapters 3, 7 to 14 and 16. In addition, Chapters 5 and 6 shall apply to floating devices with a drive. Drives that only allow small location changes are not considered to be driving drives. Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 17.02 Deviations

1.
The Inquiry Commission may allow deviations from the following provisions:
a)
§ 3.03 Nos. 1 and 2 apply analogously;
b)
§ 7.02 applies analogously;
c)
the maximum sound pressure levels according to § 12.02 No. 5 sentence 2 may be exceeded during the operation of the work equipment if not on board during the operation ;
d)
from the other provisions relating to construction, equipment and equipment, to the extent that the same safety has been proven on a case-by-case basis
2.
The Commission of Inquiry may waive the application of the following provisions:
a)
on § 10.01 No. 1 if the floating device is used during the operation of the work equipment Work anchors or piles can be securely anchored. However, a floating device with its own drive shall have at least one anchor in accordance with § 10.01 No. 1, the coefficient k being equal to 45 and for T the smallest side height;
b)
on § 12.02 No. 1 second half-set if the rooms are sufficiently electrically lit.
3.
In addition,
a)
for § 8.08 No. 2, Set 2: The bilge pump must be powered by a motor;
b)
for § 8.10 No. 3: In the case of stilting floating devices, the working equipment may be used during the operation of the equipment. Noise at a lateral distance of 25 m from the board wall exceeds the value of 65 dB (A);
c)
for § 10.03 No. 1: In the case of work equipment standing freely on the deck, at least one additional portable fire extinguisher;
d)
for § 14.02 No. 2: In addition to liquid gas plants for household purposes, other liquid gas plants may also be used exists. These installations and their accessories must comply with the requirements of one of the Rhine States or of Belgium.
Table of Contents

§ 17.03 Other provisions

1.
On floating devices on which persons are present during the operation, a general alarm system must be present. The alarm signal must be clearly different from other signals and produce a sound pressure level in all the apartments and at all workplaces, which is at least 5 dB (A) higher than the local maximum noise level. The alarm system must be able to be triggered in the control house and at the most important operating points.
2.
Work equipment must be sufficient for its load.
3.
The stability and strength of the work equipment and, where appropriate, the strength of the equipment and the safety of the Rhine- Fortifications must be such that they can withstand stresses from the expected wrecking, trim and movements of the floating device.
4.
Loads are lifted by means of lifting tools, the maximum permissible load resulting from stability and strength must be placed on a panel on the deck and clearly visible at the control points. If the lifting capacity can be increased by coupling additional floating bodies, the values must be specified with and without additional flotation bodies.
5.
Floating equipment approved for use in coastal or sea areas shall be replaced by the ship test in Annex B, if they do not have such equipment, by means of an attest pursuant to Annex G. In this case, Chapter 20 must be fulfilled, taking into account the requirements of Chapter 17.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 17.04 Residual safety distance

1.
For the purposes of this chapter and notwithstanding § 1.01, the Residual safety distance the smallest vertical distance between the smooth water level and the lowest point above which the floating device is no longer watertight, taking into account the trim and the heel, which under the influence of the moments in accordance with § 17.07 no. 4.
2.
A residual safety distance according to § 17.07 No. 1 shall be sufficient for spray water and weatherproof openings when 300 mm
3.
The residual safety distance must be at least 400 mm at a non-spray-water-and weatherproof opening.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 17.05 Restfreibord

1.
For the purposes of this chapter and by way of derogation from § 1.01, the residual freeboard shall be the smallest vertical distance between the smooth water level and the side deck, taking into account Trimm and heel, which occur under the influence of the moments according to § 17.07 No. 4.
2.
The remaining free-board according to § 17.07 No. 1 is sufficient if it is 300 mm
3.
The remaining free board may be reduced if it is proved that § 17.08 is complied with.
4.
Weicht the shape of the floating body substantially from the pontoon shape, as with cylindrical floating bodies or in a float whose cross-section has more than four sides, the Commission of Inquiry may request or authorise a residual freeboard other than that of paragraph 2. This also applies in the case of a floating device with a plurality of floating bodies. is sufficient if it is 300 mm.
unofficial table of contents

§ 17.06 Limitation attempt

1.
The stability proof in accordance with § § 17.07 and 17.08 must be based on a properly executed
2.
You can only obtain an insufficient angle of heel during the wrecking test or perform the course of the wrecking test. unreasonable technical difficulties, can be carried out in a substitute for weight and gravity. The result of the weight calculation shall be checked with the aid of depth measurements, the difference being not more than ± 5%.
Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 17.07 Stability Proof

1.
It is necessary to prove that there is a sufficient residual safety distance and a sufficient residual freeboard in the case of the loads occurring during use and driving operation. The sum of the angles of the heel and the trim shall not exceed 10 ° and the floor of the float shall not be allowed to exchange.
2.
The proof of stability shall be: The following data and documents are included:
a)
Drawings of the floating bodies and of the (b)
Hydrostatic data or information, such as tank contents, openings for ship senials;
b)
Curves;
c)
Static stability lever arm curves, as required under point 5 or § 17.08;
d)
Description of the operating states with the corresponding weight and gravity details, including the empty and over-running states;
e)
Calculation of the wrenching, trimming and erecting moments, indicating the angles of heel and trimming, residual safety distances and residual clearance;
f)
Compilation of the calculation results with the use and load limits.
3.
The Proof of stability shall be based on at least the following load assumptions:
a)
Density of the excavated material For excavators:
aa)
Sand and gravel 1.5 t/m3;
bb)
very wet sand 2.0 t/m3;
cc)
earth on average 1.8 t/m3;
dd)
Mixture of sand and water in piping 1.3 t/m3
b)
with grab dredgers the Increase values in accordance with point (a) by 15%;
c)
for hydraulic excavators, the greatest possible lifting force shall be used.
4.1
In the stability proof, the following moments must be taken into account:
a)
from load;
b)
from constructional asymmetries;
c)
from wind pressure;
d)
from a rotary motion on your own drive device;
e)
from cross-flow, where required;
f)
from ballast and stock;
g)
from top load and optionally load;
h)
from free liquid surfaces;
i)
from dynamic mass forces;
j)
from other mechanical devices.
Here are moments, that can work at the same time.
4.2
The moment due to the wind pressure is calculated according to the following formula:


In this formula:

4.3
For the determination of the moments from the rotational movement according to point 4.1 (d), for floating devices with a drive, the formula is the following formula: 15.03 No. 6.
4.4
The moment caused by cross-flow in accordance with point 4.1 (e) only needs to be used for floating devices that are in operation during operation. the flowing water is anchored or deceided in a horizontal position.
4.5
In the calculation of the moments from liquid ballast and liquid supplies after Point 4.1 (f) shall be the most unfavourable filling level of the tanks for the stability of the tank, and the appropriate moment shall be inserted into the invoice.
4.6
dynamic mass forces at the moment referred to in point 4.1 (i) must be taken into account in an appropriate manner if the movement of the load and the work equipment is expected to influence the stability.
5.
The erecting moments can be found in floating bodies with vertical side walls according to the formula

cshape-dependent resistance value;
For specialized works, c = 1.2 and c = 1.6 for full-wall supports. Both values include the effects of wind surges.
As a wind force attack surface, the surface enclosed by the outline of the framework is to be used.
pw specific wind pressure, it is to be set uniformly with 0.25 kN/m2 ;
ALateralplan above the level of the largest Sinking in m2;
lwThe distance of the center of gravity of the Lateralplan A from the level of the largest depression in m.


are calculated.
In this formula:

the metacentric height in m;
φthe angle of heel in °.


This applies up to angle of heel of 10 ° or up to a heel angle, on the side of the deck, or in which the floor is replaced. At the same time, the smaller angle is decisive. In the case of obliquely extending side walls, the formula applies up to angle of inclination of 5 °; moreover, the boundary conditions according to points 3 and 4.1 to 4.6 apply. If the special shape of the floating body or body does not permit this relief, lever arm curves according to point 2 (c) are required.
Non-official Table of contents

§ 17.08 Stability proofs with reduced residual frebord

If a reduced residual frebord is used in accordance with § 17.05 no. 3, it must be proven for all operating states that
a)
after correction for free liquid surfaces, the metacentric height is no less
than 0.15 m is;
b)
within a range of 0 ° to 30 °, an erecting lever of at least
h = 0,30-0,28-φn [m]
. In this case, n is the angle of heel, from which the lever arm curve assumes negative values (stability range). It must not be less than 20 ° or 0.35 rad and must be used with a maximum of 30 ° or 0.52 rad in the formula, with the unit Radiant (rad) to be used for φn (1 ° = 0.01745 rad);
c)
the sum of the cranes and trim angles is no more than 10 °;
d)
a residual safety distance after § 17.04 is present;
e)
there is a residual freeboard of at least 50 mm;
f)
within a range of 0 ° to 30 °, a reslever of at least
h = 0.20-0.23-φn [m]
is present. In this case, φn is the angle of heel from which the lever arm curve assumes negative values; it is to be inserted into the formula with a maximum of 30 ° or 0.52 rad. The greatest difference between the curve of the erecting levers and the curve of the cranked levers present between 0 ° and 30 ° is understood to be under resthebel. If an opening to the ship makes it at a heel angle to water which is smaller than the angle of heel associated with the largest difference, the reed lever requirement applies for this angle of heel.
Non-official table of contents

§ 17.09 Lowering Marks and Depth Indicators

Lowering marks according to § 4.04 and depth indicator according to § 4.06 have to be should be appropriate. Non-official table of contents

§ 17.10 Swimming devices without proof of stability

1.
The application of § § 17.04 to 17.08 can be waived for floating devices,
a)
will not cause any change in the cranes or the trimms to be caused by their work equipment
2
2.
However,
a)
must be loaded with the largest load the safety distance is 300 mm and the freeboard is 150 mm;
b)
the safety distance for non-spray water and weatherproof sealable openings 500 mm

Chapter 18
Special provisions for construction site vehicles

Non-official Table of contents

§ 18.01 Conditions of use

Construction site vehicles, which are referred to as such in the ship test in accordance with Appendix B, may only return unladen outside of construction sites. This requirement shall be entered in the ship ' s test.
For this purpose, these construction site vehicles must have a certificate issued by the competent authority for the duration and local limitation of the construction site on which the vehicle may be used. Non-official table of contents

§ 18.02 Application of Part II

Unless otherwise specified in this chapter, the construction and equipment of Construction site vehicles, Chapters 3 to 14 of Part II. Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 18.03 Deviations

1.
a)
§ 3.03 No. 1 sensual;
b)
Chapters 5 and 6 apply analogously if there is a driver's own drive;
c)
§ 10.02 No. 2 (a) and (b) applies accordingly;
d)
from the other provisions on construction, setup and equipment, the Commission of Inquiry may allow exceptions if the same security has been demonstrated on a case-by-case basis
2.
The Commission of Inquiry may on the application of the following provisions:
a)
§ 8.08 nos. 2 to 8 if no crew is required;
b)
§ 10.01 No. 1 and 3, if the construction site vehicle can be securely anchored by means of work anchors or piles. However, a construction site vehicle with its own drive shall have at least one anchor in accordance with § 10.01 No. 1, with the coefficient k being equal to 45 and for T the smallest side height;
c)
§ 10.02 No. 1 letter c, if the construction site vehicle does not have its own drive.
unofficial table of contents

§ 18.04 Safety distance and freeboard distance

1.
If a construction site vehicle is operated as a rinsing and folding shoe, the safety distance outside the cargo space area must be at least 300 mm and the freeboard must be at least 150 mm . The Commission of Inquiry may allow a smaller freeboard if it is mathematically demonstrated that the stability of loading with a density of 1.5 t/m of density3 is sufficient and that no side of the deck is water. The influence of liquefied cargo must be taken into account.
2.
For construction site vehicles that do not fall under the number 1, § § 4.01 and 4.02 apply analogously. In doing so, the Commission of Inquiry on the safety margin and for the board may set different values.
Non-official contents of the table of contents

§ 18.05 Beiboote

Construction site vehicles do not need to be equipped with a dinghy if
a)
no drive is available or
b)
there is another dinghy available on the site. This relief is to be entered in the ship test.

Chapter 19
Special provisions for Channel Penials

unofficial table of contents

§ 19.01 general

For channel commuters, the Rhine only between Basel (Middle Rhine Bridge) and the Iffezheim locks, including the lower foreport , only § § 19.02 and 19.03 apply for construction and equipment. Non-official table of contents

§ 19.02 Application of Part II

For channel pendulates:
1.
§ § 3.01, 3.02 Nr. 2, § 3.03 No. 2 to 4, 6;
2.
chapters 5 and 6;
by way of derogation from § 6.01 No. 1, channel penials have to be provided with a reliable control device that provides sufficient driving and maneuvering properties enabled;
3.
§ 8.01;
4.
§ 9.01 No. 1 is sensual;
5.
Channel penials must be equipped with an anchor with a mass of at least 250 kg fitted with a chain of at least 50 m in length, the minimum breaking strength of which shall be in kN is one third of the actual anchor mass in kilograms. The chain may be replaced by a wire rope of the same minimum breakage force.
The following equipment must be on board:
a)
two suitable Lenzpumps;
b)
Fixed wire ropes:
aa)
a wire rope of at least 100 m length and a diameter of 18 mm;
bb)
two wire ropes of at least 60 m length and a diameter of 16 to 18 mm;
c)
a Sausages;
d)
a potable water tank;
e)
Devices and devices used to give the the Rhine Navigation tspolis regulation from the prescribed point of view and sound as well as to the name of the ships are required;
f)
a land web of at least 0,40 m width and at least 4 m in length, the sides of which are marked by a light strip; this land must be provided with a railing;
g)
a Bootshaking;
h)
a tape box;
i)
a double glass of 7 x 50 or larger Lens Diameter;
j)
a poster with rescue and resurrection hints;
k)
a labeled fire-resistant container with lid for receiving oil-containing plaster tabs;
l)
A labelled fire-resistant container for the collection of fixed hazardous waste and a labelled fire-resistant container with a lid for collecting liquid hazardous waste;
m)
a labeled fire-resistant container with cover for slops;
n)
on ships with an onboard height from more than 1.50 m above the white water line, an outboard staircase or ladder;
o)
two portable fire extinguishers;
p)
a dinghy with
aa)
a set Rudder belts,
bb)
a mooring line,
cc)
a Scoop;
q)
two rescue rings and two life jackets;
6.
§ 13.01;
7.
Chapter 14.
Non-official table of contents

§ 19.03 (omitted)

Chapter 20
Special provisions for seagoing vessels

Non-official Table of Contents

§ 20.01 Application of Part II

1.
Seeschiffe, to which the International The 1974 Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 1974) or the 1966 International Convention on Load Lines applies, must be in the possession of the relevant valid international certificate.
2.
Seeschiffe, to which SOLAS 1974 or the International Convention on Load Lines does not apply, must carry certificates and be provided with the outdoor pool mark, which according to the law of the flag State, and in respect of construction, equipment and equipment, comply with the requirements of the Conventions or ensure comparable security in other ways.
3.
Seeschiffe, to which the International Convention for the Prevention of Mee-respollution by Ships (MARPOL 73) is applicable, must be in possession of a valid international certificates for the prevention of marine pollution (IOPP certificate).
4.
Seeschiffe, to which MARPOL 73 does not apply, must be the corresponding certificate required under the law of the flag State.
5.
In addition, the following shall apply:
a)
Chapter 5;
b)
Chapter 6:
§ 6.01 No. 1; § 6.02 No. 1 and 2;
c)
from Chapter 7:
§ 7.01 No. 2; § 7.02 No. 1 and No. 3 para. 1 and 3; § 7.05 No. 2;
§ 7.13 for seagoing ships, which for the guidance of the ship by a person in radar travel;
d)
from Chapter 8:
§ 8.03 No. 3, but it is permissible for sea-going vessels if a § 8.05 No. 13; § 8.08 No. 10; § 8.09 No. 1 and 2; § 8.10.
A seal of the shut-off organ in accordance with § 8.08 No. 10 is a closing of the shut-off organs in the Lenzsystem, via which the oil-containing water can be pumped outside bords, to be regarded as equivalent. The key or keys for this must be stored at a central, appropriately marked location.
A monitoring and control system for the discharge of oil according to MARPOL 73/78 Rule 16 is a seal of the shut-off device according to § 8.08 No 10 as equivalent. The existence of the monitoring and control system shall be demonstrated by an international certificate of prevention of marine pollution according to MARPOL 73/78.
Goes out of the IOPP Certificate as specified in point 3 or from a flag State the national certificate referred to in point 4 shows that the vessel is equipped with collection tanks in order to be able to keep all the oil-containing bilge water and oil residues on board, is to be regarded as being fulfilled in Section 8.09 No. 2.
e)
from Chapter 9:
§ 9.17;
f)
from Chapter 10:
§ 10.01 and § 10.02 No. 1;
g)
Chapter 16:
for seagoing ships that are approved as part of a federation;
h)
Chapter 22:
Chapter 22 is considered to be fulfilled if the stability complies with the applicable International Maritime Organisation (IMO) resolutions, the relevant stability documentation has been verified by the competent authority and the containers are placed on the in the usual way for shipping.
unofficial table of contents

§ 20.02 (omitted)

Chapter 21
Special Rules for Sports Vehicles

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 21.01 General

For sports vehicles, construction, equipment and crew are only subject to § § 21.02 and 21.03. Non-official table of contents

§ 21.02 Application of Part II

1.
For sports vehicles, apply:
a)
Chapter 3:
§ § 3.01; 3.02 No. 1 letter a, No. 2; § 3.03 No. 1 letter a, No. 6; § 3.04 No. 1;
b)
Chapter 5;
c)
from Chapter 6:
§ 6.01 No. 1; § 6.08;
d)
from Chapter 7:
§ 7.01 No. 1 and 2; § 7.02; § 7.03 No. 1 and 2; § 7.04 No. 1; § 7.05 No. 2,
§ 7.13, if there is a radar one-man control stand;
e)
from chapter 8:
§ 8.01 No. 1, 2; § 8.02 No. 1, 2; § 8.03 No. 1, 3; § 8.04; § 8.05 No. 1 to 10, 13; § 8.06, § 8.07, § 8.08 No. 1, 2, 5, 7, 10; § 8.09 No. 1; § 8.10;
f)
from Chapter 9:
§ 9.01 No. 1 sensually;
g)
from Chapter 10:
§ 10.01 Nos. 2, 3, 5 to 14; § 10.02 No.1 (a) to (c), No. 2 (a) and (e) to (h);
§ 10.03 (1) (a), (b) and (d), where at least two portable Fire extinguishers on board must be present; §, 10.03 No. 2 to 6; § 10.03a; § § 10.03a; 10.03b, § 10.03c, 10.05;
h)
Chapter 13;
i)
Chapter 14.
2.
In the case of sports vehicles that are subject to Directive 94 /25/EC (Directive of the European Parliament and the Council on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions of the Member States relating to recreational craft), the initial investigation and the post-examination shall apply only to: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
a)
§ 6.08, if there is a turn indicator;
b)
§ 7.01 No. 2; § 7.02; § 7.03 No. 1 and § 7.13, if a radar one-man control stand is before-handen;
c)
§ 8.01 No. 2; § 8.02 No. 1; § 8.03 No. 3; § 8.05 No. 5; § 8.08 No. 2; § 8.10;
d)
§ 10.01 No. 2, 3, 6 and 14; § 10.02 No. 1 (b) and (c), No. 2 (a) and (e) to (h); § 10.03 (1) (b) and (d), (2) to (6); § 10.05;
e)
Chapter 13;
f)
from the chapter 14:
aa)
§ 14.12;
bb)
§ 14.13, where the decrease after commissioning of the liquefied gas plant is carried out in accordance with the requirements of Directive 94 /25/EC and the Commission of Inquiry is to be presented with an acceptance report on this subject;
cc)
§ 14.14 and 14.15 with the proviso that the liquefied gas plant must comply with the requirements of Directive 94 /25/EC;
dd)
Chapter 14 complete when the LPG system is installed after the sports car is placed on the market.
unofficial table of contents

§ 21.03 (omitted)

chapter 22
stability of ships carrying containers

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 22.01 General

1.
If stability documents are required under the Rhine Navigation Ordinance for ships carrying containers, the provisions of this chapter are to be applied.
Stability documents must be examined or examined by a commission of inquiry and provided with an appropriate endorsement.
2.
The Stability documents must provide a clear statement about the stability of the ship in the case of the respective loading case.
The stability documents must contain at least:
a)
Information about the acceptable stability characteristics, the allowable (abbreviation not representable) values, or Allowable load-center heights;
b)
Details of the spaces that can be filled with water ballast;
c)
Forms for Stability Control;
d)
a sample invoice or application notes for the Ship Guide.
3.
Can not unsecure containers on a ship, or , special calculation procedures are required for the transport of unsecured and secure container loads for the purpose of providing proof of stability.
4.
A container load is considered to be secured only if the individual containers are firmly connected to the hull by means of guides or tensioning devices and their position

Chapter 22a
Special provisions for vehicles exceeding 110 m in length

unofficial table of contents

§ 22a.01 Application of Part I

For vehicles with L more than 110 m, excluding seagoing ships, in addition to § 2.03 no. 3, the Commission of Inquiry, which to issue the certificate later, before the start of construction (new construction or extension of a vehicle in operation), by the owner or his authorised representative. This commission of inquiry shall carry out surveys during the construction phase. Visits may be omitted if a certificate is submitted before the start of construction, in which a recognised classification society assures that it carries out the construction supervision. Non-official table of contents

§ 22a.02 Application of Part II

For vehicles with L more than 110 m, in addition to the requirements of Part II § 22a.03 to 22a.05. Non-official table of contents

§ 22a.03 Strength

The sufficient strength of the hull within the meaning of § 3.02 (1) (a) (longitudinal and Cross-tenacity and local strength) must be verified by a certificate issued by a recognised classification society. Non-official table of contents

§ 22a.04 Swimming capability and stability

1.
For vehicles with a length of more than 110 m, with the exception of passenger ships, the numbers 2 to 10.
2.
The basic values for the stability calculation-the weight of the vessel and the position of the centre of gravity-must be determined by means of an attempt to make a reduction in the weight of the weight of the body. IMO Resolution MSC 267 (85) Annex 1 (VkBl. 724).
3.
The applicant must prove, by means of a calculation based on a method of the wegfallenden buoyant, that in the event of a leak, the The ability to swim and the stability of the ship are appropriate. All calculations must be done with free trimming and free dipping. The ship's ability to float and maintain its stability in the event of a leak must be detected in the case of a cargo which is equal to its maximum dipping and is evenly distributed across all cargo spaces, as well as at maximum stock and full tank . For inhomogeneous charge, the stability calculation shall be carried out for the most unfavourable loading case. This stability calculation shall be carried out on board. For the intermediate conditions of the flooding (25%, 50% and 75% of the filling in the final state of the flooding and, where appropriate, for the state immediately before the flooding), and for the final state of flooding, must be subject to the above loading conditions of the
4.
The following assumptions must be taken into account for the leak:
a)
Extend the damage to a ship's side:
b)
Extent of damage to the ship's floor:
Longitudinal Extent:at least 0.10 L,
Transverse Extent:0.59 m,
Normal extension:unbounded from the base.
c)
All the bulkheads falling into the damage area are to be considered as leak, that is, the division of the bulkhead must be selected in such a way that the vehicle remains capable of being floated even after the flooding of two or more compartments situated directly behind one another. For the main engine room only the buoyant capacity for the allocation status need to be proved, that is, machine room end bulkheads are considered to be not damaged. In the case of damage to the soil, it is also possible to see sections lying next to one another as being flooded.
d)
Flutability is assumed to be 95%. If it is proved by a calculation that the average floatability of a department is less than 95%, the calculated value can be used. The following values cannot be undershot:
-
longitudinal extent: at least 0.10 L,
Transverse Extent:3,00 m,
Normal expansion: from the base up to 0.39 m, with the exception of the swamp.
Machines and Operating Spaces85%
-
Lader trees70%
-
For the calculation of the free surface effect in all intermediate states of the flooding, the gross floor area of the damaged rooms is assumed.
5.
In all intermediate states of the flooding according to point 3, the following criteria must be met:
a)
The angle of heel φ of the equilibrium position of the respective intermediate state may be 15 °, in the case of Unsecured container 5 °, do not exceed.
b)
In addition, the positive area of the container must be in the equilibrium position of the respective intermediate state. Lever arm curve a righting lever GZ ≥ 0.02 m, in the case of unsecured container 0,03 m, before the first unprotected opening dips or a heel angle φ of 27 °, in case of unsecured container 15 °, reached
c)
Non-watertight openings must not be dipped before the wrinkles in the equilibrium position of the respective intermediate state are reached
6.
In the end state of the flooding, the following criteria must be met:
a)
The bottom edge of non-watertight sealable openings, in particular doors, windows, Entry sludges, must be at least 0.10 m above the floating level.
b)
The angle of heel φ of the equilibrium position must not exceed 12 °, in the case of unsecured container 5 °, not
c)
In addition, the positive area of the lever arm curve must have an erecting lever GZR≥ 0,05 m and the positive area of the lever arm curve should be Surface under the curve must reach at least 0,0065 m-rad before the first unprotected opening is immersed or a heel angle φ of 27 °, in the case of unsecured container 10 °, is reached.

PDF document will be displayed in your own window

d)
If you don't have water-tight openings before the equilibrium position is reached, the flooding of the rooms that are connected to them will be in the leak stability calculation
7.
If transverse flood openings are provided to reduce asymmetrical flooding, the following conditions must be met:
a)
IMO Resolution A.266 (VIII) (VkBl) is a tool for calculating cross-flow. 2010 p. 457).
b)
You must act automatically.
c)
You must not use Shut-off valves.
d)
The time for complete compensation must not exceed 15 minutes.
8.
If openings that can be additionally flooded by the undamaged compartments can be sealed in a watertight manner, these closure devices must be legible on both sides with of the following label:

floors, fuel tanks, ballast tanks, and so on, depending on whether you are using your
specification For the vehicle floating at the lowest level
, the vehicle must be assumed to be full or empty
0 or 95%.
"Close opening immediately after passage".
9.
The computational proof according to points 3 to 7 is considered to be provided if leak stability calculations after part 9 of the ADN are presented with a positive result.
10.
As far as you need to meet the requirement of Number 3, the level of the largest indentation is to be redefined.
unofficial table of contents

§ 22a.05 Additional requests

1.
Vehicles with L of more than 110 m must:
a)
using a multi-screw drive with at least two independent drive machines of the same power and one from the wheelhouse, which can be operated from the control panel, which also in the case of an unladen vehicle, or by means of a screw-in drive and a bow blasting system which can be operated from the control house. The bow blasting system must have its own power supply, be effective even in the case of an unladen vehicle and, in the event of a failure of the main drive, make it possible to move out of its own power;
b)
have a navigation radar system with a turn indicator in accordance with § 7.06 No. 1;
c)
over fixed system according to § 8.08;
d)
meet the requirements of Annex XI, Chapter 2, Section 2.09, point 1.1
2.
Vehicles, with the exception of passenger ships, with L of more than 110 m, which want to drive above Mannheim, must also be
a)
in the case of the Havariefall, separated in the middle third of the vehicle without the use of heavy burgers . The separate parts of the ship must remain floating after separation;
b)
a proof of a recognised classification society of the swimming ability, which The trimming position and the stability of the separate parts of the ship, which must also contain a statement as to which loading condition the floating capacity of the two parts is no longer given. Proof must be carried on board;
c)
as double-hull vessels constructed in accordance with ADN; dry goods vessels shall be subject to paragraphs 9.1.0.91 to 9.1.0.95; tankers shall be the Paragraphs 9.3.2.11.7 and 9.3.2.13 to 9.3.2.15 of Part 9 of the ADN;
d)
via a multi-screw drive according to point 1 (a), first half-sentence ;
e)
have an entry in the ship test under the number 52 that they satisfy the special requirements referred to in points (a) to (d)
3.
Passenger ships with L of more than 110 m, who want to drive above Mannheim, must be in addition to number 1:
a)
built under the supervision of a recognized classification society for its highest class, or will be rebuilt. This must be confirmed by a certificate issued by the classification society. The current class is not required;
b)
either
has a double bottom with a height of at least 600 mm, and a bulkhead division that ensures that the ship does not dipped below the margin line in the event of flooding of any two adjacent watertight compartments and there is a residual safety margin of 100 mm
or
a double floor with a height of at least 600 mm and have a double hull with a distance between the side wall of the ship and the longitudinal bulkhead of at least 800 mm;
c)
using a multi-screw drive with have at least two independent drive machines of the same power and a bow thruster system operable from the control house, which is effective in longitudinal and transverse direction;
d)
you can directly set the Heckanker from the control house.
e)
an entry in the ship test under the Number 52 have to satisfy the special requirements referred to in points (a) to (d).
unofficial table of contents

§ 22a.06 Application In the case of vehicles which are to be converted to a length of more than 110

, the Commission of Inquiry may apply Chapter 24 only on the basis of special recommendations issued by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine. Non-official table of contents

§ 22.02 boundary conditions and calculation procedures for proof of stability when transporting unsecured containers

1.
For unsecured containers, each calculation method to determine the stability of the ship to assume the following boundary conditions:
a)
The metacentric height  must not be less than 1.00 m.
b)
Under the effect of the Centrifugal force during the rotational movement, the wind pressure and the influence of the free liquid surfaces must not exceed the inclination of 5 ° and the side deck shall not be allowed to come to water.
c)
The krenching lever from the centrifugal force during the rotary movement is to be calculated using the following formula:



In this formula:
d)
The wind-pressure wrenching lever is to be calculated according to the following formula:

cKZSupplement (cKZ = 0,04) [s2/m];
vthe greatest speed of the Ship against water [m/s];
Height of the Gravity of the loaded ship above the base [m];
T'low of the loaded ship [m].


In this formula:

e)
The wrecking lever made of free surfaces of rain and residual water in the cargo hold or in the double floor shall be calculated according to the following formula:

cKWSupplement (cKW = 0.025) [t/m2];
A 'Overwater lateralplan on loaded ship [m2];
D'Deplacement of the loaded ship [t];
lw Height of the center of gravity of the lateral surface A ' above the waterline [m];
T'draught of the loaded ship [m].


In this formula :

f)
For each loading case, half a stock of fuel and fresh water is to be expected
2.
The stability of an inland waterway that is loaded with unsecured containers is considered sufficient if the existing  equal to or smaller than zul according to the following formulas is. In this case, must be calculated for different displacements over the entire depth range.
a)
cKfOBeiValue (cKfO = 0.015) [t/m2];
bWidth of the room or space section [m];(*)
lLength of the space or space section [m] Space or space section [m];(*)
D'Deplacement of the loaded ship [t].


For , no smaller one Value as 11,5 (11,5 = 1/tan 5 °).
b)


The smaller value for according to formula a or b is authoritative.

In these formulas:

3.
Approximate formula for
If there is no curl sheet, the value for the calculation according to number 2 and § 22.03 no. 2 src="http://www.laws-im-internet.de/normengrafiken/bgbl1_2008/j2450_221_ab_0020.jpg "alt =" " /> to be determined from the following approximate formulas:
a)
for ships with a pontoon

 maximum permissible height of the center of gravity of the loaded ship over base [m];
Metacenter height above base [m] according to the approximate formula number 3;
Feach available freeboard on ½ L [m];
Z Centrifugal force added value in turn circle
v The maximum speed of the ship against water [m/s];
Tmeach medium draught [m];
hKWLateral wind-pressure lever according to point 1 (d) [m];
hKfO Sum of the cranient levers of free liquid surfaces according to point 1 (e) [m].
b)
for other ships

(*)
Space sections of free liquid surfaces are created when water-tight longitudinal and/or transverse subdivisions of each other Independent liquid surfaces are formed.

Chapter 22b
Special provisions for fast ships

Unofficial Table Of Contents

§ 22b.01 General

1.
Fast ships must not be built as cabin ships.
2.
The following facilities are available Fast ships prohibited:
a)
devices equipped with wick burners according to § 13.02;
b)
Oil heating furnaces with evaporation burners in accordance with § § 13.03 and 13.04;
c)
Heating with solid fuels according to § 13.07;
d)
liquefied gas plants according to chapter 14.
unofficial table of contents

§ 22b.02 Application of Part I

1.
In addition to § 2.03, fast ships, under the supervision of a recognized classification society, which has special rules for fast ships, must be subject to the applicable rules Regulations are built and classified. The class shall be maintained.
2.
By way of derogation from § 2.06, the maximum period of validity of the ship's satias issued in accordance with the provisions of this chapter shall be: five years.
Non-official table of contents

§ 22b.03 Application of Part II

1.
Without prejudice to number 2 and § 22b.02 No. 2, for fast ships, Chapters 3 to 15 apply with the exception of the following provisions:
a)
§ 3.04 no. 6 para. 2;
b)
§ 8.08 No. 2 sentence 2;
c)
§ 11.02 No. 4 sentence 2 and set 3;
d)
§ 12.02 No. 4 sentence 2;
e)
§ 15.06 No. 3 letter a para. 2 sentence 3.
2.
By way of derogation from § 15.02 No. 9 and § 15.15 No. 7, all of the bulkhead doors must be remote-controlled
3.
By way of derogation from § 6.02 No. 1, in the event of a failure or malfunction of the drive system of the rowing machine, a second independent drive system must be provided without time delay Rowing machine or a manual drive going into operation.
4.
In addition to the requirements of Part II, for fast ships, § § 22b.04 to 22b.12.
Non-official table of contents

§ 22b.04 Seats and seatbelts

The maximum number of persons on board must be seats. Seats shall be fitted with safety belts. Safety belts may be dispensed with if there is a suitable impact protection or in cases where they are not required in the HSC Code 2000 Chapter 4, Section 6. Non-official table of contents

§ 22b.05 freeboard

By way of derogation from § 4.02 and § 4.03, the freeboard must be at least 500 mm. Non-official table of contents

§ 22b.06 Lift, stability and subdivision

For fast ships,
a)
The buoyant and stability properties that both the vehicle's safety in the displacement drive in the undamaged condition as well as in the event of leakage,
b)
Stability properties and stabilization systems, which ensure the safety of the vehicle in the operating state. with dynamic buoyness and transition period,
c)
Stability properties in the dynamic lift operating state and in the transition phase, which The vehicle must be reliably detected in the positive-displacement state in the event of any system malfunction,
to a sufficient extent. unofficial table of contents

§ 22b.07 tax house

1.
Setup
a)
Differing from § 7.01 No. 1 is the tax house to be set up in such a way that both the rowing worker and a second crew member can perform their duties at any time during the journey.
b)
The control stand should be so arranged that the persons referred to in point (a) find their place of work. Navigation, manoeuvring, monitoring, Communication equipment and other essential equipment shall be arranged so close to each other that both the rower and a second crew member shall receive all the necessary information to meet the requirements of the To be able to operate equipment and operating equipment in seats. In any case,
aa)
runs the rudder control level as a radar one-man control stand. ,
bb)
the second crew member at his workplace has his own radar image (slave) and is able to do so from his workplace To obtain message transmission and to intervene in the drive of the vehicle
c)
The persons referred to in point (a) must also be able to use the facilities referred to in point (b) without hindrances in the case of properly placed seatbelts. serving.
2.
Free view
a)
By way of derogation from § 7.02 No. 2, the view shadow must be in the seated position and at each loading state not more than one vehicle length before the bow.
b)
By way of derogation from § 7.02 no. 3, the sum of the sectors without a free field of view may be up to 22.5 ° after at the rear of each side is not more than 20 °. Each individual sector without a free field of vision must not exceed 5 °. The manageable sector between two sectors without a free field of view must not be less than 10 °.
3.
Instruments
The instrument panels for the operation and for the monitoring of the systems mentioned in § 22b.11 must be separated at clearly marked locations within the Tax house is arranged. This also applies, where appropriate, to facilities for the use of collection-rescue equipment.
4.
Lighting
In areas or equipment that must be lit during operation, red light is to be used.
5.
Window
Mirror are to be prevented. Means to prevent glare from sunlight must be present.
6.
Surface materials
Reflections by surface materials are to be prevented in the wheelhouse.
unofficial table of contents

§ 22b.08 Additional equipment

Fast vehicles must be equipped with:
a)
a radar device and a turning indicator according to § 7.06 No. 1 and
b)
handle-ready single-rescuers according to the European standard EN 395: 1998 for the total maximum number of persons on board.
Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 22b.09 Closed Areas

1.
General
Public spaces and apartments and their equipment must be designed in such a way as to ensure that people are not properly used with either normal or normal use. Start or stop or emergency start or emergency stop, can still be injured during maneuvering under normal driving conditions or in case of failure or incorrect operation.
2.
Communications
a)
For information on All passenger ships must be equipped with acoustic and visual equipment, which can be heard and seen by all passengers.
b)
With the help of the devices described in point (a), the ship's guide must be able to give instructions to passengers.
c)
For each passenger, instructions for emergencies, including a general sketch of the vehicle, must be available in the vicinity of the seat, from which all exits, Evacuation routes, emergency equipment, rescue equipment as well as the application of the life jackets are visible.
unofficial table of contents

§ 22b.10 Exits and escape routes

Flight and rescue routes must meet the following requirements:
a)
A lighter, secure, and faster access from the control booth to the public spaces and apartments must be ensured.
b)
The escape routes to the emergency exits must be clearly and permanently marked.
c)
All Outputs must be sufficiently marked. The functioning of the opening mechanism must be clearly recognizable from the outside and inside.
d)
The escape routes and emergency exits must be used in a suitable way. Security guidance system.
e)
In addition to the exits, there must be enough space for one crew member.
unofficial table of contents

§ 22b.11 Fire protection and fire-fighting

1.
Gänge, publicly accessible rooms and apartments as well as kitchens and machinery spaces must be connected to a suitable fire alarm system. The presence of a fire and the Fire area must be displayed automatically at a position permanently occupied by the ship's personnel.
2.
Machine spaces are fixed with a fixed installation Fire extinguishing system according to § 10.03b to be provided.
3.
Public accessible rooms and apartments and their escape routes must be equipped with a self-operating pressurized water spray system according to § § § 10.03b. 10.03a. Löschwasser must be able to be removed quickly and directly to the outside.
Non-official table of contents

§ 22b.12 Transitional provisions

Quick ships within the meaning of § 1.01 Number 20a, which shall be 31. The following provisions of this Chapter shall be in accordance with the following provisions of this Chapter:
a)
in the renewal of the ship's best
§ § 22b.01; 22b.04; 22b.08; 22b.09; 22b.10; 22b.11 Nr. 1;
b)
on 1. April 2013
§ 22b.07 Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5 and 6;
c)
on 1. January 2023
.
Non-official table of contents

§ 22.03 boundary conditions and calculation methods for the Proof of stability when transporting secured containers

1.
Each of the containers must have a secure container. Calculation method to determine the stability of the ship from the following boundary conditions:
a)
The metacentric height must not be less than 0.50 m.
b)
Under the effect of centrifugal force during the rotary movement, the wind pressure and the influence of the free liquid surfaces, no opening of the hull is allowed. Water.
c)
The craning levers from the centrifugal force during the rotary movement, from the wind pressure and from the free liquid surfaces are according to the formulas of § 22.02 No. 1, letter c to e.
d)
For each loading case, half of the stocks of fuel and fresh water are to be used.
2.
The stability of an inland waterway loaded with secured containers is considered sufficient if the existing  equal to or smaller than zul according to the following formulas is. In this case, must be calculated for different displacements over the entire depth range.
a)



smaller one for Value as 6.6 and

no smaller than 0

The smaller value for after Formula a or b is authoritative.

In these formulas,


3.
approximation formula for I
If there is no curve sheet, the value for the width moment I of the waterline from the following approximate formulas can be used for the calculation in accordance with point 2 are used:
a)
for ships with a pontoon

lWide moment of inertia of the Waterline at Tm [m4] according to the approximate formula according to point 3;
imoment of inertia of the parallel waterline at the height
 Displacement of the ship at Tm [m3];
F 'idealistic freeboard F' = H '-Tm [m] or
aperpendicular distance between the bottom edge of the opening first dipping and the waterline when the ship is upright [m];
bDistance of the same opening from center ship [m];
H 'ideational page height
qSum of the volumes of deckhouses, hatches, trunks and other superstructures up to a maximum height of 1.0 m above H, or up to the lowest opening of the volume under consideration. The smaller value is important. Volume fractions that are located within a range of 0.05 L from the ship's ends remain unaccounted for [m3].
b)
for other ships

Table of contents

§ 22.04 Procedure for the stability assessment on board

The procedure of the stability assessment can be taken from the documents in accordance with § 22.01 No. 2.

Part III
Crew rules

Chapter 23
crew equipment with respect to crew

unofficial table of contents

§ § 23.01 to 23.08 (omitted)

unofficial table of contents

§ 23.09 Equipment of ships

The provisions of Annex XI, section 2.01 shall apply. unofficial table of contents

§ § 23.10 to 23.15 (omitted)

part IV

Chapter 24
Transient and Final Provisions

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 24.01 Application of the transitional provisions to vehicles already in operation

1.
The provisions § § 24.02 to 24.04 shall apply only to vehicles which, upon the entry into force of this Regulation, shall be in possession of a valid ship's test after the date of entry into force of the 31. The Convention on the Navigation of the Rhine, which was in force on 31 December 1994, is or is not applicable.
2.
For vehicles that do not fall under number 1, § 24.06.
unofficial table of contents

§ 24.02 Deviations for vehicles that are already in use

1.
Without prejudice to § § 24.03 and 24.04, vehicles that do not fully comply with this regulation must be
a)
to be customized according to the transitional provisions listed in the table below and
b)
until they are adjusted to the 31.
2.
In the table below,

-" N.E.U. ":The provision does not apply to vehicles that are already in operation, it is because the parts concerned are replaced or converted, that is to say, the rule applies only to new buildings and in the case of replacement or conversion of the parts or areas concerned. If existing parts are replaced by replacement parts with the same technique and type of power, this does not mean a replacement "E" in the sense of these transitional provisions.
- "Renewal of the ship's test":The rule must be met at the next renewal of the ship's test's validity following the date specified.


§ § and no. Content deadline or Notices
Chapter 3
3.03 Nr 1 letter a Location of Collision BulkheadN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 2 ApartmentsN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
Security devicesN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 4 Gas-tight separation of the apartments of machine, boiler and loading rooms N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 5
2. Paragraph
Remote monitoring of rear shocksN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2010
No. 7 Vorships with AnkernischenN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2041
3.04 No. 3 set 2 Isolation in machinery spacesN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s stes
No. 3 set 3 and set 4 Openings and closing organsN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's owner is renewed
No. 6 Machinery Space Outputs Machinery spaces that were not to be assigned to the machinery spaces before 1995 according to § 1.01 need only be made with a 2. Output to be retrofitted to N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
  Chapter 5
5.06 No. 1 sentence 1 Minimum speed For vehicles with construction year prior to 1996 at the latest when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.2035
Chapter 6
6.01 No. 1 manoeuvring properties according to chapter 5N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 3 Inclination and ambient temperaturesN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010
No. 7 shaft bushings of rowing shanksFor vehicles with construction year prior to 1996 at N.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
6.02 No. 1 presence of separate Hydraulic tanksN.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
Dopplung of control valves in hydraulic drive systemsN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2020
Separate routing of the pipeline for the second propulsion system in hydraulic drive systemsN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2020
6.02 No. 2 Commissioning of the 2. Drive system with only one operating actN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best after 1.1.2010
No. 3 Retaining the maneuvering properties according to Chapter 5 when the second drive system is operating HandheldN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
6.03 No. 1 Connection of other consumers to hydraulic drive systemsN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
6.05 No. 1 Automatic uncoupling of the hand control wheelN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2010
6.06 No. 1 Two independent control systems N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
6.07 No. 2 letter a Level alarm of the hydraulic tanks and alarm of the operating pressureN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
letter e Monitoring buffer systemsN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's owner is renewed
6.08 No. 1 Requirements for electronic systems according to § 9.20 N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2015
Chapter 7
7.02 No. 3
paragraph 2
Free view in the rowing goose axisN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 5 Minimum light transmittanceN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010
7.03 No. 7 Delete alarmsN.E.No later than the renewal of the ship's test, unless there is a radar one-man control stand
No. 8 Automatic switchover to another Power sourceN.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
7.04 No. 1 Operation Drive Machines and Control DevicesN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s stes
No. 2 Machine controlexcept for a radar one-man tax stand: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035 for directly controlled machines, 1.1.2010 at Other machines
No. 3 Displayas far as there is not a radar single control stand: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010
  No. 9 set 3 Operation by means of a lever N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
Set 4 Inadmissibility of the display direction of the thrust beamN.E., at the latest in the case of renewal of the ship's most 1.1.2010
7.05 No. 1 Signal lights, their housings, accessories and light sourcesSignalleuchten, their housings, accessories and light sources, which meet the requirements of the 30. The current rules on the colour and light intensity of on-board lights as well as the approval of signal lights in the Rhine navigation system may continue to be used.
7.06 No. 1 Navigation radar systems that are prior to the 1. In January 1990,navigation radar systems that were before the 1. 1 January 1990 and before 1 January 1990. Until the renewal of the ship's best after 31 January 2000, the December 2009, but at the latest until the end of the 31 December 2009. If a valid installation certificate (1989-II-35, VkBl) is to be installed, it will be installed and operated in December 2011. 1989 p. 830 No. 127, Appendix 3).
Turning indicator, which is before 1. January 1990turn-over indicator, which is before the first. 1 January 1990 and before 1 January 1990. Until the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2000, the If a valid installation certificate (1989-II-35, VkBl) is to be installed and operated in January 2015, the following must be installed and operated. 1989 p. 830 No. 127, Appendix 3).
Navigation radar systems and turn indicators, starting from 1. In January 1990,navigation radar systems and turning indicators, starting from 1 January 1990, were approved. January 1990 on the basis of the requirements concerning the minimum requirements and test conditions for navigation radar systems in the Rhine navigation system, as well as the requirements relating to the minimum requirements and the test conditions for turning indicators in the Navigation on the Rhine may continue to be installed and, if a valid certificate of installation due to the regulations for installation and function testing of navigation radar systems and turning indicators in the Rhine navigation system (1989-II-35, VkBl. 830 No 127, Appendix 3), or the Annex M, Part III, to this Regulation, shall be operated.
7.06 No. 3 Inland AIS devicesIMO Class A transponders that have been proven to have been installed before 1.4.2008 are up until now. Approved at 31.12.2011
7.09 AlarmanlageN.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
7.12 Paragraph 1 height-adjustable control housesN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship satiest
In case of non-hydraulic lowering, no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
Paragraph 2
and 3
N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best
Chapter 8
8.01 No. 3Only combustion engines whose fuel flash point is above 55 ° CN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
8.02 No. 1 Securing machine equipment against unintentional commissioningN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010
No. 4 shielding from Line connectionsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2025
No. 5 Sleeving tube systemsN.E., at the latest in the case of renewal of the ship's most the 1.1.2025
No. 6 Isolation of machine partsN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed
8.03 No. 2 Monitoring devicesN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2010
No. 3 (omitted)
No. 4 Display and out-of-operation of automatic speed reductionN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2010
No. 5 Drive systems shaft bushingsN.E.And, no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
8.05 No. 1 Fuel tanks made of steelN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
No. 2 Self-closing dehydration valvesN.E.U., at the latest on renewal of the ship's test
No. 3 No fuel tanks in front of the collision bulkhead N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 4 No fuel tanks and their fittings via machine systems or exhaust gas linesN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s best after 1 January 2010. Up to this point, it must be ensured, by means of collecting containers or drip plates, that running fuel can be discharged safely.
No. 6 set 3 to 5 Setup and dimensioning of the ventilation pipes and connecting lines N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 7 set 1 actuation of the quick-release valve on the tank from the deck, even if the affected rooms are closedN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 9 set 2 Readability of the Peilers up to the highest levelN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 13 Fill level monitoring not only for the Drive machines, but also for the other engines required for drivingN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
8.06 Lubricating Oil Tanks, Lines and Accessories N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
8.07 Tanks for oils used in power transmission systems, switching, drive and heating systems, lines and accessories N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
8.08 No. 8 Unadmissibility of simple shut-off devices as connection of ballast cells to the Lenzsystem for cargo spaces, which are set up for the ballast intake N.E.And, at the latest when the ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 9 Peiler in LaderaumbilgenN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010
8.09 No. 2 Bodies for collecting oil-containing water and used oilN.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
8.10 No. 3 Noise limit of 65 dB (A) for still ships N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2015
Chapter 8a
The rules do not apply to
a)
for engines that are before 1.1.2003 were installed on board, and
b)
for replacement engines *, installed on board ships operating on 1 January 2002,
8a.02 No. 2 LimitsFor engines that were installed on board before 1.7.2007, the limits of the following table are:
*
An exchange engine is a used, instated engine that replaces the engine it is replacing with respect to power, speed and installation conditions are similar.


PN
[kW]
CO
[g/kWh]
HC
[g/kWh]
NOx
[g/kWh]
PT
[g/kWh]
37 ≤ PN < 75 6, 5 1, 3 9, 2 0, 85
75 ≤ PN < 130 5, 0 1, 3 9, 2 0, 70
PN ≥ 130 5, 0 1, 3 n ≥ 2800 min-1 = 9,2 0.54
500 ≤ n < 2800 min-1 = 45-n(-0, 2)


§ § and no. Content Deadline or Notices
Chapter 9
9.01 No. 1 set 2 Required documents are to be submitted to the SUKN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 2
2. Hyphen
Plans of the main, emergency, and distribution panels must be on boardN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2010
No. 3 ambient temperatures inside and on deckN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
9.02 No. 1 to 3 Power supply systemsN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010
9.05 No. 4 Protective Conductor Cross SectionsN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
9.11 No. 4 Ventilation of closed rooms, cabinets or boxes in which Accumulators are set upN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's owner is renewed
9.12 No. 2 letter d Direct feed for consumers for ship propulsion and manoeuvringN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
No. 3 letter b Earth-level monitoring deviceN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2010
9.13 Nota switch devices N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.201
9.14 No. 3 set 2 Ban on single-pole switches in wash and bath rooms as well as in other wet cellsN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s best after 1.1.2010
9.15 No. 2 Minimum cross-section per wire of 1.5 mm2N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010
  No. 10 Cable to movable control houses N.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
9.16 No. 3 set 2 Second power circuitN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2015
9.19 Alarm and Security Systems for Machine Technology FacilitiesN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
9.20 Electronic AssetsN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2035
9.21 Electromagnetic compatibility N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2035
Chapter 10
10.01 Anchor EquipmentN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2010
10.02 No. 1 set 2
letter b
Container made of steel or another shock resistant and non-flammable material with at least 10 l contentN.E.U., at the latest on renewal of the ship's test
No. 2
letter a
Certificate for wire ropes and other ropesFirst rope that will be replaced on the ship: N.E.U., at the latest 1.1.2008
Second and third rope: 1.1.2013
10.03 No. 1 European StandardFor replacement, no later than 1.1.2010
No. 2 suitability for fire classes A, B, and CFor replacements, no later than 1.1.2010
No. 4 Fillet level of CO2 and space contentFor replacement, no later than 1.1.2010
10.03a Fixed fire-extinguishing systems installed in apartments, tax houses and passenger spaces N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035
10.03b Fixed fire-extinguishing systems installed in machine, boiler and pump rooms(*)
10.04 Application of the European Standard on the dinghies N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed after 1.1.2015
10.05 No. 2 Inflatable Lifejackets N.E.At the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010. Lifejackets on board on September 30, 2003 can continue to be used until the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010.
Chapter 11
11.02 No. 4 Setting up the outer edges of decks, gangbords, and other workspaces N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
11.04 Gangbord(**) First renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035 at more than 7.30 m Width
11.05 Nr.1 accesses of JobsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 2 and 3 Doors as well as inputs and outputs and aisles with height differences of more than 0.50 m N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 4 Stages in Occupied JobsN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2035
11.06 No. 2 Outputs and emergency exitsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035
11.07 No. 1 set 2 SteigersN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2035


(*)
1.
Before the 1. October 1980 permanently installed CO2 fire-extinguishing systems remain after the renewal of the ship's test after 1. January 2035, if they are in accordance with § 7.03 No. 5 in the version of the decision 1975-I-23.
2.
Before the 1st Fire-extinguishing systems, which are operated with the extinguishing agent Halon 1301 (CBrF3), remain permanently installed until the renewal of the ship's best according to the 1. 1 January 2005, but not later than 1 January 2005. January 2010, if they comply with § 7.03 No. 5 in the version of Decision 1985-II-26.
3.
From 1. April 1992 to 31. CO2 fire-extinguishing systems remain permanently installed in December 1994 until the renewal of the ship's best after 1. January 2035, if they are granted § 7.03 No. 5 of the 31.
4.
4.
From 1. April 1992 to 31. Recommendations issued by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine in accordance with Section 7.03 (5) of the 31 December 1994. Until the renewal of the ship's best after 1 December 1994, the Rhine-ship investigation order will remain in force until the renewal of the ship's test. January 2035.
5.
§ 10.03b No. 2 (a) applies until the renewal of the ship's best after 1. January 2035 only if these plants are installed in ships, the keel of which is after the 1. October 1992
(* *)
The rule applies to ships that are after the 31. In the case of a renewal of the entire cargo space area, the
of Section 11.04 shall be complied with in the event of a renewal of the entire cargo space area. In the case of conversions extending over the entire length of the gangboard area and by which the clearance width of the gangboard is changed,
a)
§ 11.04 must be adhered to if the inside width of the gangbord before the conversion is reduced to a height of 0.90 m or the clear width of the gangboard is reduced
b)
must not fall below the existing inside width of the gangboard up to a height of 0.90 m or the clear width of the gangboard if the width of the gangbord is less than or equal to 0.90 m Dimensions smaller than those according to § 11.04.


name="BJNR245010008BJNE024900000 " />Non-official Table of Contents

§ 24.03 Deviations for vehicles, their keel on 1. April 1976 or earlier,

1.
On vehicles, the keel of which is 1. In addition to the provisions of § 24.02, the following provisions may be applied in addition to the provisions of § 24.02.
In the table below:
In the table below:

§ § and no. Content deadline or Notices
No. 2 and 3N.E.And, at the latest, renewal of the ship's test
11.10 LukenabCover N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
11.11 WindsN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2010
11.12 No. 2, 4, 5, and 9Factory shield, protective devices, documents BoardN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed after 1.1.2015
11.13 Storage of flammable liquids N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best
Chapter 12
12.01 No. 1 Apartments for people normally living on board N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
12.02 No. 3 Location of floorsN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.2035
No. 4 Stay and Sleep Spaces N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 6 Stehheight in apartmentsN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.2035
No. 8 floor space of the recreation rooms N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 9 Volume of SpacesN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2035
No. 10 Air Volume per personN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 11 Dimensions of doorsN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2035
No. 12 (a) and (b) Stacking the stairsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035
No. 13 Lines for dangerous gases and dangerous liquidsN.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
12.03 Sanitary facilitiesN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035
12.04 KitchenN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2035
12.05 (omitted)
12.06 Heating and VentilationN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2035
12.07 No. 1 sentence 2 Other apartment facilities N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035
Chapter 15
15.01 No. 1 letter c Non-application of § 8.08 No. 2 sentence 2N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
letter d Non-application of § 9.14 No. 3 sentence 2 at rated voltages above 50 V N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 2 letter c Prohibition of oil heating furnaces with evaporation burners according to § 13.04N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
letter d Prohibition of heating with solid fuels according to § 13.07N.E.At the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010. The requirement does not apply to vehicles with fixed fuel-driven propulsion systems (steam engines).
letter e Prohibition of liquefied gas plants in accordance with Chapter 14N.E., at the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045. The transitional provision shall apply only if there are warning devices in accordance with § 15.15 No. 9.
15.02 No. 2 Number and arrangement of ScotsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
Nr 5 set 2 Dive limit if no Bulkhead deckFor passenger ships placed on Kiel before 1 January 1996, the regulation shall apply to N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045.
No. 10 letter c Length of the remote-operated Closing processN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 12 Warning system in the control house that indicates which bulkhead door is openN.E., at the latest for the renewal of the ship's stes
No. 15 The height of the double floors, the width of the wallsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
15.03 No. 1 to 6 Intact StabilityN.E.U. and at Increase in the number of passengers admitted, no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 7 and 8 leak stabilityN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2045
No. 9 leak stabilityN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
Vertical extension of the bottom leakN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship-to-ship test according to 1.1.2045

For ships with a watertight deck at a distance of at least 0.50 m and less than 0.60 m from the ship's floor, which for the first time have received a ship test before 31.12.2005, the following shall apply: N.E.U.
2-departmental stateN.E.U.
No. 10 to 13 leak stabilityN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
15.05 No. 2 letter a Number of passengers, for which a collection area according to § 15.06 No. 8.N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
letter b Number of passengers on the basis of the stability calculation according to § 15.03 N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
15.06 No. 1 sentence 1 Passenger spaces on all decks behind the collision bulkhead and in front of the rear bulkheadN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
Set 2 Requirements for cover areas that are includedN.E.At the latest on the renewal of the ship's test
No. 2 Cabinets and rooms according to § 11.13 for flammable liquids N.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
No. 3 (c) sentence 1 light height of exitsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
Set 2 Light Width of Doors Passenger cabins and other small spacesFor a width of 0.7 m, N.E.U. shall apply, no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045.
  letter f set 1 Dimension of emergency exits N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
letter g Outputs that are intended for use by persons with reduced mobilityN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
No. 4 letter d Doors that are intended for use by persons with reduced mobilityN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 5 Requirements ConnectionsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 6 letter b Escape routes to collection areasN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
letter c Escape Routes not by Machine SpacesN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
Escape Routes not by kitchensN:E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
letter dNo stirrers, ladders, or the like in escape routesN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 7 Suitable Safety guidance systemN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 8 Requirements for collection surfacesN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
No. 9 Requirements for stairs and podeste in the passenger areaN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
No. 10 letter a sentence 1 railings according to standard EN 711: 1995 N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
Set 2 Height of Schanzkleidern and Gelalter von Decks used by persons with reduced mobilityN.E., at the latest in the case of renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
letter b set 2 The light width of the openings used for the entry of persons with reduced mobilityN.E., at the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
Nr 12 Landwebs according to standard EN 14206: 2003N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
No. 13 Traffic areas and walls on traffic areas that are used for use by persons with restricted mobilityN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045
No. 14 set 1 Nature of glass doors, glass walls on traffic surfaces and window panes N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 15 Requirements for superstructures, which consist entirely or whose roofs consist of panoramic albumsN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
Requirements for EinhausungenN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best
No. 16 Drinking water systems according to § 12.05N.E., at the latest 31.12.2006
No. 17 set 2 Requirements for toilets for persons with reduced mobilityN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 18 Air conditioning systems for cabins with no windows to open N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 19 Requirements of § 15.06 to rooms in which crew or on-board personnel are accommodatedN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
15.07 Requirements for the drive systemN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
15.08 No. 2 Requirement on passenger area speaker systems For passenger ships with LWL less than 40 m or for a maximum of 75 persons, the rule applies to N.E.U., at the latest when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.2010.
No. 3 Requirements for the alarm system For day-out ships, the rule applies to N.E.U., at the latest when the ship's test is renewed after January 1, 2010.
No. 3 letter c Alarm system for alerting the crew and the on-board personnel by the ship's guide For cabin ships, the rule applies to N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007.
No. 4 Level Alarm for each waterproof departmentN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
No. 5 Two motorized lobe pumpsN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010
No. 6 Fixed Lenzsystem FixedN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
No. 7 Open cooling spaces from insideN.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
  No. 8 Air conditioning system for CO2 control systems in rooms N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 9 VerbandkästenN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
15.09 No. 1 set 1 Rescue rings N.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
No. 2 Single rescuerN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.2007
No. 3 Facilities for a secure transition N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 4 Single rescuer for 100% of passengers in accordance with EN 395:1998, EN 396:1998, EN ISO 12402-3:2006 or EN ISO 12402-4:2006 N.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
Type of rescue equipmentFor passenger ships equipped with appropriate collection rescue equipment before 1 January 2005,

For passenger ships equipped with collective rescuers in accordance with § 15.09 No. 6 prior to 1.1.2005, these shall be replaced by the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010. as an alternative to the individual rescues.
No. 9 Review of rescue equipment by manufacturer's informationN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
No. 10 Dinghy with motor and searchlight N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 11 stretcherN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
15.10 No. 2 § 9.16 No. 3 also applies to aisles and recreation rooms for PassengersN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 3 Adequate Emergency LightingN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2015
No. 4 Emergency Power PlantFor day-out ships with LWL of 25 m or less, the regulation applies to N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015.
letter f Emergency power for headlights according to § 10.02 No. 2 letter iN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
letter i Emergency power for lifts and lift aids according to § 15.06 No. 9 sentence 2 N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 6 Set 1 parting surfaces according to § 15.11 No. 2N.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
Set 2 and 3 Installation of the cables N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
Set 4 Notstromanlage above the dive boundaryN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2015
15.11 No. 1 The fire protection technical suitability of materials and componentsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
  No. 2 Execution of parting surfaces N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 3In rooms, except for machine and storage rooms, used surface treatments and covering coverings, as well as articles according to the second sentence, must be flame-retardant. N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
No. 4 Blankets and wall coverings made of non-combustible materialsN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
No. 5 Furniture and fittings in collection areas made of non-combustible materialsN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 6 Fire Test Procedure by Code N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 7 insulating materials in accommodation spaces not combustibleN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2045
No. 7a Schedule or similar mobile devicesN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best
No. 8 Requirements for doors in parting surfacesN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
No. 9 Walls according to number 2 from deck to deckOn cabin ships without pressurized water spray system, ends of walls between cabins: N.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2010
No. 10 parting surfacesN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 11 Airlift locksN.E., at the latest in the case of renewal of the ship's most 1.1.2045
No. 12 Stair levels made of steel or other non-combustible material equivalent to non-combustible materialN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
No. 13 Inview of the inner stairs by walls after Number 2N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 14Ventilation system; Air Supply Anla-genN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2045
No. 15 Ventilation systems in kitchens, kitchen stovets with decodersN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
No. 16Control stations, stair shafts, collection areas and fume exhaust systems N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 17 Fire reporting systemFor day-out ships: N.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
15.12 No. 1 letter c Portable fire extinguishers in kitchensN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best
No. 2 letter a 2. Fire pumpN.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 3 letter b and c Pressure and Waterjet LengthN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2010
No. 4 Hydrante ValvesN.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2007
No. 5 Axial attached reelsN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.2007
No. 6 Materials, protection against inaction-becomeN.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010
No. 7 Avoidance of the possibility of freezing pipes and hydrants N.E.And, at the latest when the ship ' s ship is renewed after 1.1.2010
No. 8 Letter b Independant operation of fire pumpsN.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2010
letter c Water jet length on all decksN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best after 1.1.2010
letter d List of fire pumpsN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
No. 9 Fire extinguishing system in machinery spacesN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
15.13 Security OrganizationFor Day-out ships: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2007
15.14 No. 1 Sewerage collection tanks or curbsFor cabin ships with 50 or less beds and for day-out ships: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
No. 2 Requirements for waste water collection tanksFor cabin ships with 50 or less beds and for day-out ships with 50 or less passengers: N.E.U., no later than Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
15.15 No. 1 leak stabilityN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
No. 5 The presence of a dingboat, platform, or similar EquipmentFor passenger ships approved for a maximum of 250 passengers or 50 beds: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
No. 6 The presence of a dingboat, a platform, or a comparable facilityFor passenger ships approved for a maximum of 250 passengers or 50 beds: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010
No. 9 Warning devices for LPG systems N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the certificate according to § 14.15
Chapter 16
16.01 No. 2 Special winches or equivalent devices on the vehicle suitable for pushingFor vehicles which are approved before 1.1.1995 for pushing without their own tensioning device : N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
No. 3 last sentence Requirements for drives N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
  Chapter 17
17.02 No. 3 Additionally applicableThe same transitional provisions apply as for the paragraphs quoted under this number.
17.03 No. 1 GeneralalarmanlageN.E.U., latest on renewal of the ship's test
No. 4 Larger load of hoistN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best
17.04 No. 2 and 3 Openings Residual Safety DistanceN.E.At the latest on the renewal of the ship's test
17.05 No. 2 and 3 RestfrebordN.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship's stes
17.06 bis Krening test and stability proofsN.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's owner is renewed
17.08 Lowered Marks and Depth Gauge N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test
  Chapter 20
20.01 § 7.01 No. 2; § 8.05 No. 13 and § 8.10For seagoing ships which are not intended for the carriage of goods by the ADN and whose keel was laid before 1.10.1987: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2015.
§ 8.09 No. 2 N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2010
Chapter 21
21.01 to 21.03For sportscars built before 1.1.1995: N.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2035
" E.U. ":The provision does not apply to vehicles that are already in operation, unless the affected parts are replaced or converted, d. (i) the provision shall apply only to the replacement or conversion of the parts or areas concerned. If existing parts are replaced by replacement parts with the same technique and type of power, this does not mean a replacement "E" in the sense of these transitional provisions.
- "Renewal of the ship's test":The rule must be met at the next renewal of the ship's test's validity following the date specified.


§ § and no. Content deadline or Notices
Chapter 3
3.03 No. 1 Location of Collision BulkheadN.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035
3.04 No. 2 Boundary surfaces of bunkers with living and passenger spaces E.U, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2035
No. 7 Maximum sound pressure level Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
Chapter 4
4.01 No. 2safe distance, freeboard, minimum freeboardrenewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.2015
4.02
and 4.03
Chapter 7
7.01 No. 2 Own noise levelN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed after 1.1.2015
7.05 No. 2 Control of signal lights Renewal of the ship's best
Chapter 8
8.08 No. 3 and 4 Minimum feed rate and Lenztube diameter Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
8.10 No. 2 Fahrtnoise N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2015
Chapter 9
9.01 Requirements for Electrical AssetsN.E., at the latest in the case of renewal of the ship's most 1.1.2015
9.03 Protection Against touching, penetration of foreign bodies and waterN.E.And, no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
9.06 Allowed maximum voltagesN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
9.10 Generators and enginesN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
9.11 No. 2 Accumulation of accumulatorsN.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015
9.12 SchaltanlagenN.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
9.14 Installation MaterialN.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
9.15 CableN.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed after 1.1.2015
9.17 Signalleuchten N.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
Chapter 12
12.02 No. 5 Noise and Vibration in Apartments Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
Chapter 15
15.02 No. 5, Dive limit if no bulkhead deckE.And, at the latest, when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045
No. 6 set 1,
No. 7 to No. 11 and No. 13
15.02 No. 16 Waterproof WindowE.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
15.04Safety distance, freeboard, countersunk marksE., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
15.05 Number of passengersRenewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2045
15.10 No. 4, No. 6, Emergency power plantE., at the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045
No. 7, No. 8
and No. 11
2.
§ 15.11 No. 3 sentence 1 and no. 6 is Day-trip ships, their keel on the 1. Until the first renewal of the ship's test after 1 April 1976, or before the first renewal of the vessel's first vessel. January 2045, subject to the proviso that only the paints, varnishes and other products used for the surface treatment of the surfaces facing escape routes, as well as cover coverings, must be flame retardant, and that smoke or toxic substances do not in exceptional quantities.
3.
§ 15.11 No. 12 is on day-trip ships, the keel of which is on the 1. Until the first renewal of the ship's test after 1 April 1976, or before the first renewal of the vessel's first vessel. January 2045 only with the proviso that it is sufficient if, instead of a load-bearing steel structure, the stairs are designed as escape routes in such a way that, in the event of a fire, they can be used for about as long as stairs. with load-bearing steel structure.
Unofficial table of contents

§ 24.04 Other deviations

1.
For vehicles, whose minimum freeboard is in accordance with § 4.04 of the 31. On the request of the owner, the Commission of Inquiry may, at the request of the owner, set the freeboard in accordance with § 4.03 of the Regulation on the 1st of March 1983. 2
2.
Vehicles, the keel of which is before the 1. However, it is not necessary to comply with Chapter 9 in July 1983, but at least the one on 31 July 1983.
3.
3.
§ 15.06 N ° 3 (a) to (e) and § 15.12 (3) (a) with regard to the regulation on the only Hose length shall only be used in passenger ships, the keel of which shall be after 30. No later than in the case of rebuilding of the affected areas, at the latest in the case of the renewal of the ship's best after 1 September 1984. January 2045.
4.
If the application of the provisions referred to in this Chapter is practically difficult to execute after the expiry of the transitional provisions, or unreasonably high The Commission of Inquiry may, on the basis of recommendations made by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine, permit derogations from these rules. These deviations are to be entered in the ship's test.
5.
This provision is referred to as the procurement requirements for equipment on a European level. or International Standard, such equipment may, after recasting or revising this Standard, continue to be used for a period not exceeding 20 years after the recast or revision of the standard.
name="BJNR245010008BJNE025101305 " />Table of Contents

§ 24.05 (without content)

Non-official Table of Contents

§ 24.06 Deviations for vehicles that do not fall under § 24.01

1.
For vehicles, for which from 1. On 31 January 1995, a ship test under this Regulation shall be issued for the first time, provided that it is granted on 31 December 1995. The vehicles must be subject to the following provisions.
2.
The vehicles must be in force on the date of the date of the ship's ship's Version of the Rhine boat examination regulations. By way of derogation from the first sentence, passenger ships shall be eligible for the following: 1. 1 January 2006 and before 1 January 2006 This Regulation shall, for the first time, grant a ship test pursuant to this Regulation to the provisions of Chapter 15 of this Regulation, as amended by 31 January 2007.
3.
The vehicles must comply with the requirements set out in the table following the first issue of their ship's best in accordance with the provisions of the following table:
4.
§ 24.04 Nos. 4 and 5 apply accordingly.
5.
In the table below:

" N.E.U. ":The provision does not apply to vehicles that are already in operation, unless the affected parts are replaced or converted, d. (c) The provision shall apply only to new buildings and to replacement or conversion of the parts or areas concerned. If existing parts are replaced by replacement parts with the same technique and type of power, this does not mean a replacement "E" in the sense of these transitional provisions.
- "Renewal of the ship's test":The rule must be met at the next renewal of the ship's test's validity following the date specified.


§ § and no. Content deadline or Notices Entry into force
Chapter 3
3.03 No. 7 Pre-ships with Ankernischen The rule will apply from 1.1.2001 to N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2041 1.10.1999
3.04 No. 3 set 2 Isolation in machinery spaces N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test 1.4.2003
No. 3 sentence 3 and sentence 4 Openings and closing organs N.E.U. at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test 1.10.2003
Chapter 6
6.02 No. 1 Doubling of control valves in hydraulic drive systems N.E.And, at the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2020 1.4.2007
Separate routing of the pipeline for the second drive system for hydraulic drive systems N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s best after 1.1.20201.4.2007
6.07 No. 2 letter a Level alarm of the hydraulic tanks and alarm of the operating pressure N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's best after 1.1.2010 1.4.2007
Chapter 7
7.04 No. 3 Display Insofar as not Radar one-man tax status available: N.E.U., no later than when the ship ' s ship is issued or renewed after 1.1.20101.4.2007
No. 9 set 3 Operation by means of a lever N.E.And, no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20101.4.2007
Set 4 Inadmissibility of the display direction of the thrust beam N.E.And, no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20101.4.2007
7.05 No. 1 Signal lights, their housings and accessories and light sources Signalleuchten, its housing, accessories and light sources, which meet the requirements of the 30. The current regulations on the colour and light intensity of on-board lights as well as the approval of signal lights in the Rhine navigation must continue to be in use. 1.12.2009
7.06 No. 1 Navigation radar systems that are before the 1. January 1990 Navigation radar systems that are prior to the 1. 1 January 1990 and before 1 January 1990. Until the renewal of the ship's best after 31 January 2000, the December 2009, but at the latest until the end of the 31 December 2009. If a valid installation certificate (1989-II-35, VkBl) is to be installed, it will be installed and operated in December 2011. 1989 p. 830 No. 127, Appendix 3).1.12.2009
Turning indicator, which is before 1. January 1990 Turning indicator, which is before 1. 1 January 1990 and before 1 January 1990. Until the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2000, the If a valid installation certificate (1989-II-35, VkBl) is to be installed and operated in January 2015, the following must be installed and operated. 1989 p. 830 No. 127, Appendix 3).1.12.2009
Navigation radar systems and turn indicators, starting from 1. January 1990 Navigation radar systems and turn indicators, starting from 1. January 1990 on the basis of the requirements concerning the minimum requirements and test conditions for navigation radar systems in the Rhine navigation system, as well as the requirements relating to the minimum requirements and the test conditions for turning indicators in the Navigation on the Rhine may continue to be installed and, if a valid certificate of installation due to the regulations for installation and function testing of navigation radar systems and turning indicators in the Rhine navigation system (1989-II-35, VkBl. 830 No 127, Appendix 3) or the Annex M, Part III, to this Regulation, shall be operated.1.12.2009
7.06 No. 3 Inland AIS Devices IMO Class A Transponders, which have been proven to be installed before 1.4.2008, are up to 31.12.2011 approved 1.4.2008
  Chapter 8
8.02 No. 4 shielding from Line connections N.E.And, no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20251.4.2007
No. 5 Sleeving tube systems N.E.U., at the latest when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20251.4.2007
No. 6 Isolation of machine parts N.E.U., at the latest when the ship's test is renewed1.4.2003
8.03 No. 4 Display and out-of-operation of automatic speed reduction N.E.And, no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20101.4.2004
No. 6 Facilities for automatic speed reduction N.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20101.4.2004
8.05 Nr.7 set 1 actuation of the quick-release valves on the tank from the deck, even if the affected areas are closed N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015 1.4.2008
8.05 No. 9 set 2 PeilFacilities must be readable up to the highest level N.E.And, at the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010 1.4.1999
No. 13 Level monitoring not only for the drive machines, but also for the other engines required for driving N.E.U., at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20151.4.1999
8.06 Lubricating Oil Tanks, Lines and Accessories N.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.20451.4.2007
8.07 Tanks for oils, which are in power transmission systems, switching, drive and heating systems are used, lines and accessories N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045 1.4.2007
Chapter 8a
The rules do not apply to
a)
for engines that are before 1.1.2003 were installed on board, and
b)
for replacement engines(*)installed on board ships operating on 1 January 2002, until 31 December 2011
.
1.1.2002
8a.02 No. 2 LimitsThe limits apply to engines that were installed on board before 1.7.2007 The following table:1.7.2007


(*)
An exchange engine is a used, instated engine that is similar to the engine it replaces with respect to performance, speed, and installation conditions.


PN
[kW]
CO
[g/kWh]
HC
[g/kWh]
NOx
[g/kWh]
PT
[g/kWh]
37 ≤ PN < 75 6, 5 1, 3 9, 2 0, 85
75 ≤ PN < 130 5, 0 1, 3 9, 2 0, 70
PN ≥ 130 5, 0 1, 3 n ≥ 2800 min-1 = 9,20,54
500 ≤ n < 2800 min-1 = 45-n(-0, 2)


§ § and no. Content deadline or Notices Entry into force
Chapter 10
10.02 No. 1 set 2
letter b
Container made of steel or another shock-resistant and non-flammable material with at least 10 l content N.E.U., at the latest on the renewal of the ship's test1.12.2011
No. 2
letter a
Certificate for wire ropes and other ropesFirst rope that will be replaced on the ship: N.E.U., no later than 1.1.2008
Second and third rope: 1.1.2013
1.4.2003
10.03 No. 1 European StandardFor replacements, no later than 1.1.20101.4.2002
No. 2 suitability for fire classes A, B, and CFor replacements, no later than 1.1.20101.4.2002
No. 4 Fillet of CO2 and space content On Replacement, no later than 1.1.20071.4.2002
10.03a Fest installed fire extinguishing systems in apartments, tax houses and passenger rooms N.E.U. no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20351.4.2002
10.03b Fixed fire-extinguishing systems installed in machine, boiler and pump rooms(**), no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20351.4.2002
10.04 Application of the European Standard on Dinghies N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20151.10.2003
10.05 No. 2 Inflatable Lifejackets N.E.At the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2010. Life jackets on board on 30 September 2003 can continue to be used until the renewal of the ship's test after 1 January 2010. 1.10.2003
Chapter 11
11.12 No. 2, 4, 5, and 9Factory shield, protective devices, documents on board N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20151.12.2011
11.13 Storage flammable Liquids N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed 1.10.2002
Chapter 12
12.05 (omitted)
Chapter 15
15.01 No. 1 letter c Non-application of § 8.08 No. 2 sentence 2 N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test1.1.2006
letter d Non-application of § 9.14 No. 3 sentence 2 at rated voltages above 50 V N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 2 letter c Prohibition of oil heating furnaces with evaporation burners according to § 13.04 N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed1.1.2006
letter d Ban heaters with solid fuel according to § 13.07 N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20101.1.2006
letter e Prohibition of liquified gas installations according to chapter 14 N.E., at the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045. The transitional provision shall apply only if there are warning devices in accordance with § 15.15 No. 9.1.1.2006
15.02 No. 2 Number and arrangement of the Scots N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 5 set 2 Dive limit, if no bulkhead deck For passenger ships which were laid on Kiel before 1.1.1996, the regulation applies to N.E.U., at the latest when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 15 Height of double floors, width of Wallcorridors N.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
15.03 No. 1 to 6 Intact Stability N.E.U. and in case of an increase in the number of passengers, no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 7 and 8 leak stability N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 9 leak stability N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
Vertical extension of the bottom ledge N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed after 1.1.2045

For ships with a waterproof Deck at a distance of at least 0.50 m and less than 0.60 m from the ship's floor, which for the first time received a ship test before 31.12.2005, applies N.E.U.
1.12.2011
2-departmental state N.E.U.1.1.2006
No. 10 to 13 leak stability N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
15.05 No. 2 letter a Number of passengers for which a collection area according to § 15.06 No. 8 has been proven N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
letter b Number of passengers on the basis of the stability calculation according to § 15.03 N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
15.06 No. 1 set 1 Passenger spaces below the bulkhead deck and in front of the rear bulkhead N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20451.1.2006
Set 2 Requirements for cover areas that are included N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20451.12.2011
No. 2 Cabinets and rooms according to § 11.13 for combustible Liquids N.E.U., latest on renewal of the ship's test1.1.2006
No. 3 letter c sentence 1 Lights Height N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20451.1.2006
Set 2 Light width of doors of passenger cabins and other small rooms For the measure of 0.7 m, N.E.U. applies, at the latest when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.2045. 1.1.2006
letter f set 1 Dimension of emergency exits N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
letter g Outputs that are intended for use by persons with reduced mobility N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 4 letter d Doors that are intended for use by persons with reduced mobility N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 5 Requirements on connection lines N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 6 letter b Escape routes to collection areas N.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
letter c Fluchtwege not by Maschinenräume N.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20071.1.2006
  Escape Routes not by kitchens N.E., at the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015
letter dNo stirrers, ladders, or similar in escape routes N.E., at the latest in the case of renewal of the ship's most 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 7 Appropriate Safety Guidance System N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed after 1.1.2015 1.1.2006
No. 8 Requirements for collection surfaces N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 9 (a) to (c), (e) and (c), last sentence, Requirements on stairs and podeste in the passenger area N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 10 (a) Set 1 railings according to standard EN 711: 1995 N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
Set 2 Height of Schanzkleidern and Gelalter von Decks used by people with reduced mobility N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20451.1.2006
letter b set 2 Light width of the openings used for the offenses of persons with reduced mobility becoming N.E.And no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 12 Landwebs according to standard EN 14206: 2003 N.E.U., not later than the renewal of the ship's test1.1.2006
No. 13 Traffic areas and walls on traffic areas that are used for use by persons with restricted mobility) N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 14 set 1 Nature of glass doors, glass walls on traffic surfaces and window panes N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 15 Requirements for superstructures, which consist entirely or whose roofs consist of panoramic albums N.E., at the latest by Renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
  Requirements for Einhausungen N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s stes1.12.2011
No. 16 Drinking water systems according to § 12.05 N.E.U., latest 31.12.2006 1.1.2006
No. 17 set 2 Requirements for toilets for persons with reduced mobility N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 18 Air conditioning system for cabins with no windows to open N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
15.07 Requirements for the drive system N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015 1.1.2006
15.08 No. 2 Request to loudspeaker systems in the passenger area For passenger ships with LWL less than 40 m or for a maximum of 75 persons, the following applies: Regulation at N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010.1.1.2006
No. 3 Requirements for the alarm system For Day-out vessels shall be subject to the requirement at N.E.U., at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2010.1.1.2006
No. 3 letter c Alarm system for alerting the crew and the on-board personnel by the Ship's Guide For cabin ships, the rule applies to N.E.U., at the latest when the ship's ship is renewed. 1.1.2006
No. 4 Level alarm for each waterproof section N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010 1.1.2006
No. 5 Two motorized Lenzpumps N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010 1.1.2006
No. 6 Fixed Lenzsystem N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015 1.1.2006
No. 7 Opening the cooling spaces from inside N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test 1.1.2006
No. 8 Air conditioning system for CO2-chants in rooms N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010 1.1.2006
No. 9 Verbandkästen N.E.U., at the latest on renewal of the ship's test1.1.2006
15.09 No. 1 set 1 Rescue rings N.E.U., not later than the renewal of the ship's test1.1.2006
No. 2 Single rescuer N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed1.1.2006
No. 3 Facilities for a secure transition N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 4 Single rescuer for 100% of passengers in accordance with EN 395:1998, EN 396:1998, EN ISO 12402-3:2006 or EN ISO 12402-4:2006 N.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20071.1.2006
Type of rescue agentFor passenger ships, which were equipped with suitable collection rescue equipment before 1 January 2005, they will be counted as an alternative to the individual rescuers.

For passenger ships, which will be available before 1 January 2005 with As an alternative to the renewal of the ship's best in accordance with § 15.09 No. 6, they will be counted as an alternative to the individual rescuers after 1 January 2010.
1.1.2006
No. 9 Examination of rescue equipment by manufacturer's specifications N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test 1.1.2006
No. 10 Dinghy with motor and searchlight N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010 1.1.2006
No. 11 crane carrier N.E.U., at the latest on renewal of the ship's test1.1.2006
15.10 No. 2 § 9.16 No. 3 also applies to aisles and Rooms for passengers. N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015 1.1.2006
No. 3 Adequate Emergency Lighting N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015 1.1.2006
No. 4 Notstromanlage For day-out ships with LWL of 25 m or less, the regulation applies to N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test in accordance with the 1.1.2015.1.1.2006
letter f Emergency power for headlights according to § 10.02 No. 2 letter i N.E., at the latest in the case of renewal of the ship's most 1.1.20151.1.2006
letter i Emergency power for lifts and lift aids according to § 15.06 No. 9 sentence 2 N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.20151.1.2006
No. 6 Set 1 parting surfaces according to § 15.11 No. 2 N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20151.1.2006
Set 2 and 3 Installation of the cables N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2015 1.1.2006
Set 4 Notstromanlage above the diving limit N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2015 1.1.2006
15.11 No. 1 Fire protection technical suitability of materials and components N.E.Not later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 2 Execution of parting surfaces N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 3 In rooms, except for machine and storage rooms, used surface treatments and covering coverings, as well as articles according to the second sentence, must be flame-retardant. N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20151.1.2006
No. 4 Blankets and wall coverings made of non-flammable materials N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 5 Furniture and fittings in collection areas made of non-combustible materials N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 6 Fire Test Procedure by Code N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 7 Insulating materials in accommodation spaces not combustible N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 7a Schedule or similar mobile devices N.E.And, at the latest, by renewing the ship's test1.12.2011
No. 8 letters a, b, c sentence 2, and d Requirements for doors in parting surfaces N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 9 Walls according to number 2 from deck to deck On cabin ships with no pressurized water spray system, ends of the walls between cabins: N.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.2010 1.1.2006
No. 10 parting surfaces N.E.And, at the latest when the ship's best is renewed after 1.1.2045 1.1.2006
No. 12 Stair levels made of steel or another non-combustible non-combustible material N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 13 Inching of the inner stairs by walls according to number 2 N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 14 ventilation systems and air supply systems N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 15 ventilation systems in kitchens, kitchen stoves with decoders N.E., and no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 16Control stations, stair shafts, collection areas, and smoke exhaust systems N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship ' s test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 17 Fire alarm systemFor day-out ships: N.E.U., no later than when renewing the Ship ' s best after 1.1.20101.1.2006
15.12 No. 1 letter c Portable fire extinguishers in kitchens N.E., at the latest upon renewal of the Ship's stes1.1.2006
No. 2 letter a 2. Fire pump N.E.And, at the latest by the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 4 Hydrants Valves N.E.U., not later than the renewal of the ship's test1.1.2006
No. 5 Axial attached reels N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed1.1.2006
No. 6 Materials; Protection against Uneffective N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 7 Avoidance of the possibility of freezing pipes and hydrants N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 8 letter b Independant operation of fire pumps N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20101.1.2006
letter d List of fire pumps N.E.And, at the latest, when the ship's test is renewed after 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 9 Fire extinguishing system in machinery spaces N.E.At the latest on the renewal of the ship's best after 1 January 2015. The transitional provision shall not apply to passenger ships which were laid down in Kiel after 31 December 1995 and whose hull is made of wood, aluminium or plastic and whose machinery spaces are not made of a material according to § 3.04 nos. 3 and 4 1.1.2006
15.13 Security organizationFor day-out ships: N.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's best 1.1.2006
15.14 No. 1 Sewerage collection tanks or curb stores For cabin ships with 50 or less beds and for day-out ships: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 2 Requirements for wastewater collection tanks For cabins with 50 or fewer beds and for day-out ships with 50 or fewer passengers: N.E.U., no later than renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.20451.1.2006
15.15 No. 1 leak stability N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's test after 1.1.20451.1.2006
No. 5 The presence of a dingboat, platform, or similar SetupFor passenger ships approved for a maximum of 250 passengers or 50 beds: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's best after the 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 6 The presence of a dingboat, a platform, or a comparable facilityFor passenger ships, for No more than 250 passengers or 50 beds approved: N.E.U., no later than the renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.20101.1.2006
No. 9 Warning devices for LPG systems N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the certificate according to § 14.15 1.1.2006
Chapter 22a
22a.05 No. 2 Additional requirements for vehicles with L of more than 110 m, which want to drive above MannheimFor vehicles that have a special permit valid on 30.09.2001, the regulations on the route section for which the special permit has been granted are not valid. 1.10.2001
Chapter 22b
22b.03 No. 3 Commissioning of the second independent Drive system or manual drive N.E.And, at the latest upon renewal of the ship's best after 1.1.2025 1.4.2005


(* *)
1.
From 1. January 1995 to 31. March 2003 permanently installed CO2 fire-extinguishing systems remain after the renewal of the ship's test after 1. January 2035, if they are subject to § 10.03 No. 5 of the 31.
2.
2.
From 1. January 1995 to 31. The recommendations of the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine to § 10.03 No. 5 of the 31 December 2002 issued by the Central Commission for the Navigation of the Rhine Until the renewal of the ship's test, March 2002 shall remain in force after 1 January 2002. January 2035.
3.
§ 10.03b No. 2 (a) shall apply until the renewal of the ship's best after 1. January 2035 only if these plants are installed in ships, the keel of which is after the 1. October 1992
6.
For new construction of vehicles with lengths of more than 110 m, the keel of which was before the 1. It may be waived for the fulfilment of § 22a.05 No. 2 (d) for the journey between Mannheim and Karlsruhe. This restriction is to be entered in the ship test in number 10.
Non-official table of contents

§ 24.07 (without content)

Non-Official Table of Contents

§ 24.08 Transitional provision to § 2.18

1.
Before the 1. The number of official vessel numbers issued in April 2007 will be 1.
the
vessel number shall be replaced by the European ship number after the renewal of the ship's best after the date of the renewal of the ship's fleet. 31. March 2007 in the ship test and in the directory according to Appendix C, and installed on the vehicle.
Non-official table of contents

§ 24.09 Transitional provisions on the occasion of the transfer of ADNR to the ADN

Accreditation certificates, approved in accordance with Decision 2001-II-27 and in the Regulation recast of the Regulation on the Carriage of Dangerous Goods by The Rhine and the recast of the Regulation on the transport of dangerous goods on the Moselle of 12. July 2003 (BGBl. 648), the Regulation on the Carriage of Dangerous Goods on the Rhine (ADNR), issued and the expiry date of which is not exceeded, shall be deemed to be the ADN marketing authorisation certificate referred to in section 1.02 (2) (b). unofficial table of contents

Appendix A (pattern) request for investigation

(*) -m3 (*)
The study of the vehicle described below will be examined by the Inquiry Commission
                                                                                                                                                 
for a first investigation-Special Investigation-Post-Investigation-Voluntary Investigation -_ (*)
requested.
1Owner's name and address:
 
2Name of the vehicle
 
3Location and registration number:
4 Home location:
5Single European ship number or official ship number:
6Type of vehicle:
7(*)Special ways to do this:
8Bauwerft name and location:
9 Year of Construction: Anniversary of the Anniversary
10Load-bearing capacitywater displacement
11Number of engines to the main ship drive
12 Total main drive power output power output (rear) power output (propellers)
13Number of main propeller (s)
14The ship test is requested for travel:
-on the Rhine(*)
-between ................................... and ................................... (*)
15The vehicle
-has not yet been examined(*)
-was the last time checked(*)
in ................................... on .......................................
16(*)The vehicle has a certificate issued by the recognised classification society in accordance with § 2.12 no. 2.
issued on
Valid until
17(*)The ship has an approval certificate issued in accordance with the rules of the ADN 
from
by
valid until
18Location of proposed location, date and time:
19Addresses to which the response and any communications are:
20The following attachments are attached to this application:
 a)(*)Ship Letter,
b)(*)Certificate of allocation of the single European ship number or the official ship number,
 c)(*)Eichschein,
d)(*)Certificate of steam boilers and other pressure vessels,
e)(*)Certificate of approval for the transport of dangerous goods on the Rhine,
f)(*)Pre-investigation attest
g)(*) Certificate in accordance with § 2.12, issued by the recognized classification society,
h)(*)Electrical plant and control plan,
i)(*)Certificate of fixed fire-extinguishing systems,
k)(*)liquefied gas asset certificate
l)(*)Plans and calculation documents for passenger ships,
m)(*)Other calculation documents and evidence,
n)(*)Type approval arc,
o(*) Engine parameter log and manufacturer's instructions for checking the exhaust-related components and engine parameters.
                                                                                                                                 , the
                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                                               
(owner's signature or representative)
21 Name and address to which the bill is to be addressed:






Number
6
For ships:
tugboat, dragboat, cargo motor vessel, tanker ship, Freight trawling, tanker train, freight lead, tank lead, carrier ship lighter, passenger ship, seagoing ship or other type to be described.
In the case of floating devices, exact details of the type of equipment.
For vehicles particulars of the main building material.
7
Whether the vehicle is intended to be used for other purposes than its design: as suitable for use as a towing boat, Shiftboat, as a clutch vehicle, as a slideway, as a towing car, as a passenger ship.
10
If the vehicle is not calibrated, it is estimated.
21
l)
In passenger ships, the Plans (cover plans, longitudinal section, main cross-section) provide information on the dimensions and design of the ship; they are accompanied by sketches of the surfaces to be measured in a scale suitable for the entry of the dimensions
(*)
Delete non-applicable
unofficial table of contents

asset B

the pattern in Appendix V, part II unofficial Table of Contents

Asset C

The pattern is in accordance with Annex VI, Part II Non-Official Table of Contents

Asset D

1.
The pattern in Appendix V, Part VIII
2.
For tankers, the pattern in Appendix V, Part IX
unofficial Table of Contents

Asset E (omitted)

unofficial table of contents

Asset F (omitted)

unofficial table of contents

asset G

The pattern is as set out in Annex V, Part VI unofficial Table of Contents

Asset H

The provisions of Annex XI, Appendix 1 Non-Official Table of Contents

Asset I Security Mark

Picture 1
Access for unauthorized persons prohibited
 Color: red/white/black
Picture 2
fire, open light, and
smoking banned
Color: red/white/black
Picture 3
Note on a portable fire extinguisher
Color: red/white
Picture 4
Warning before
general hazard
Color: black/yellow
Picture 5
Delete hose
 Color: red/white
Picture 6
fire-extinguishing device
 Color: red/white
Picture 7
use hearing protection
 Color: blue/white
Image 8
Verbandskasten
 Color: green/white
Picture 9
tank quick-closing valve
 Color: brown/white
The pictograms used can vary slightly or more detailed as the representations in this Appendix, provided that the meaning is not changed and no differences and adaptations make the meaning unintellible. Non-official table of contents

Annex J-applies only to ships with ship test-
Emissions of gaseous pollutants and air pollutants Particles
Supplementary Provisions and Patterns of Certificates

Content

Part I

Supplemental provisions

1.
Engine labeling
2.
General requirements for the design and maintenance of the Motors
3.
Checks
4.
Production match assessment
5.
engine families and engine groups


Part II

Description sheet (pattern)

Appendix 1-Essential characteristics of the trunk-engine/engine type (pattern)
appendix 2-Essential characteristics of the engine family/engine group (pattern)
Appendix 3-The essential characteristics of engines in the engine family/engine group (pattern)


Part III

Type-approval certificate (pattern)

appendix 1-audit results (pattern)


Part IV

Type-approval numbering scheme

Part V

Type-approvals for engine types, engine families, and engine groups

Part VI

Manufactured engines (pattern)

Part VII

Type-approval engine data sheet (pattern)

Part VIII

Engine parameter log (pattern)

Asset J, Part IPart I

Supplemental provisions

1.
motors labeling
1.1
The engine approved as a technical unit must bear the following information (marking):
1.1.1
engine manufacturer's trademark or trade name,
1.1.2
engine type, (if applicable) Engine family or engine group and unique identification number (serial number),
1.1.3
Type-approval number in accordance with Part IV of this Appendix,
1.1.4
engine year of construction
1.2
The label referred to in section 1.1 must be used throughout the useful life of the engine, as well as clearly legible and indelible. Where stickers or signs are used, they shall be fitted in such a way that, in addition, the attachment is preserved during the useful life of the engine and that the stickers/signs are not removed without destruction or unmistakable .
1.3
The marking must be attached to a motor part which is necessary for the normal operation of the engine and normally during the No change in the useful life of the engine.
1.3.1
The marking must be so placed that it is clearly visible after the engine with all for the Engine operation required auxiliary equipment is completed.
1.3.2
If necessary, the engine must have an additional removable shield from a durable Material which must contain all the information referred to in section 1.1 and which shall be fitted in such a way that the information referred to in section 1.1 after installation of the engine in a vehicle is readily visible and easily accessible.
1.4
The labeling under section 1.1 must allow a unique determination of the manufacturing sequence.
1.5
All parts of an engine that can have an impact on the emissions of gaseous pollutants and airborne particles must be clearly identified and identified
1.6
If you leave the manufacturing process, the engines must be marked in accordance with section 1.1 and 1.5.
1.7
The exact location of the marking in accordance with section 1.1 is to be specified in the type-approval certificate section 1.
2.
General requirements for engine design and maintenance
2.1
The parts that are may have an impact on the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants, and shall be designed, constructed and fitted in such a way that the engine, under normal operating conditions, meets the requirements of Chapter 8a
2.2
The manufacturer must make technical arrangements to ensure that the emissions mentioned are effectively limited during the normal useful life of the engine; and in accordance with the normal operating conditions laid down in Chapter 8a. These provisions shall be deemed to be complied with if the provisions of section 8a.02 no. 2 and section 4.3.2.1 of this Appendix are complied with.
2.3
If you use a Exhaust gas catalytic converter and/or a particulate filter must be verified by the manufacturer by means of stability tests and by appropriate records that a proper functioning of these after-treatment facilities during the useful life of the Motor is to be expected. The manufacturer shall be obliged to treat the records in accordance with Section 4.2.3. A planned replacement of the device after a certain operating time of the engine is permissible. Any adjustment, repair, disassembly, cleaning or replacement of the engine components or systems at regular intervals, with the aim of preventing a malfunction of the engine associated with the exhaust gas aftertreatment device, shall be carried out only to the extent technically necessary to ensure the proper functioning of the emission control system. The specifications relating to a correspondingly planned maintenance shall be included in the operating instructions intended for the customer and must be approved. The section of the operating instructions relating to the maintenance or replacement of the post-treatment equipment (s) shall be accompanied by the information package.
2.4
The Engines must be designed to allow simple control of the components, the adjustable characteristics and the engine parameters that affect their emissions. The manufacturer shall provide guidance on the control of the components and engine parameters relevant to the exhaust gas according to § 8a.01 no. 17 to the information document.
3.
checks
3.1
pollutant emissions
3.1.1
The method for measuring the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from the engine to be tested is set out in Directive No 16. Other the measurement procedures laid down in this Directive may be authorised by the competent authority if their equivalence is proved to be in force. , the manufacturer must demonstrate to the competent authority that the weighted average exhaust gas and particulate emissions of the engine are subject to the appropriate tests. Comply with the limit values of the table in § 8a.02 No. 2.
3.1.2
The emissions of engines with adjustable characteristics shall be subject to the limit values for the entire physical Possible adjustable range of these characteristics. A feature of a motor shall be deemed to be adjustable if it is accessible in a normal way, or is not permanently sealed. The competent authority may require that adjustable characteristics for certification to certain values within the adjustable You can set the range to ensure compliance.
3.1.3
Includes a section specified in section 5 in conjunction with Part II of this asset. Engine family or engine group more than one performance range, the emission values of the parent engine (type-approval) and all engines within that engine family or engine group (conformity of production) must be the more stringent Provisions for the higher performance range. The applicant shall be free to limit himself to individual performance areas in the definition of motor families and motor groups and to submit the application for approval accordingly.
3.2
TyppChecks
3.2.1
When type-approval of engine families or motor groups, the test is only required for the trunk motor (s) of this engine family or engine group.
3.2.2
If the results of the type testing of a motor show that its exhaust gas and Particulate emissions do not comply with the limit values of the table in § 8a.02 No. 2, a device for reducing emissions can be installed. When such a device is installed, this is considered to be an essential motor component and must be noted in the information document of the engine. A type-approval certificate must be issued again prior to issuing a type-approval certificate. The emission reduction device shall be recorded in the information document together with all other documents required by the Authority. In the description folder of the engine, the procedures for the installation and intermediate checking of the device must also be noted in order to ensure their correct operation.
3.2.3
If additional substances such as ammonia, urea, steam, water or fuel additives are used to ensure that the exhaust gas and particle emissions of the engine are The limit values of the table in § 8a.02 No. 2 are required, measures are required to monitor the consumption of these substances. The information folder must contain sufficient information in order to be able to demonstrate without any problems that the consumption of these additional substances is equivalent to compliance with the limit values of the table in § 8a.02 no. 2.
3.3
Built-in and intermediate checks
3.3.1
The engine's installation in vehicles must be restricted only with the limitations , which have been set out in the context of the scope of the type-approval. In addition, the intake underpressure and the exhaust gas back pressure may be specified in Part II, Annex 1, or Do not exceed 3 Nos. 1.17 and 1.18 for the approved engine.
3.3.2
In the case of engines belonging to a motor family, no adjustment changes or modifications which affect exhaust and particulate emissions may be required on board. could be carried out outside the intended setting range. Changes in the settings in accordance with 3.1.2 shall be considered as settings within the specified setting range.
3.3.3
An engine belonging to a motor group may be subject to change. in the course of their installation or operation on board, changes or modifications which are permitted in accordance with the type check.
3.3.4
If after the Type-approval settings changes or modifications made to the engine, these are to be noted in the engine parameter log.
3.3.5
For engines, on a valid type-approval certificate is normally sufficient to demonstrate that the exhaust gas and particulate emissions of the vehicle are not subject to any adjustment or modification deviating from the manufacturer ' s original specifications. Motor, comply with the limit values of the table in § 8a.02 No. 2.
3.3.6
If the installation and intermediate check has shown that the engines installed on board are in relation to their parameters, components and settable characteristics are in the framework recorded in the information package, it must be assumed that the exhaust gas and particulate emissions of the engines are subject to the limit values of the table in § 8a.02 No. 2
3.3.7
The competent authority may, at its own discretion, consider an engine for which a type-approval certificate has been issued, the installation or intermediate inspection. in accordance with these provisions. However, the whole test shall be carried out for at least one cylinder and/or engine of a motor family or group of engines and shall be reduced only if it is to be expected that all other cylinders and/or motors will be the same Operating behavior such as the cylinder and/or engine being examined.
4.
Production match assessment
4.1
In the examination of the existence of the necessary modalities and procedures for effective control of the conformity of production prior to the granting of the type-approval, the the competent authority shall ensure that the manufacturer, when registered in accordance with the harmonised standard EN 29002 (the scope of which includes the production of the engines concerned) or an equivalent accreditation standard, is the Provisions are complied with. The manufacturer shall provide detailed information on the registration and shall undertake to inform the competent authority of any change in the validity or scope of the registration. In order to ensure that the requirements of § 8a.02 No. 2 are continuously met, appropriate checks on production must be carried out.
4.2
The owner of the Type approval
4.2.1
ensure that there are procedures for effective control of the quality of the product;
4.2.2
have access to test facilities that are required to control compliance with the type approved in each case;
4.2.3
ensure that the test results are recorded and that the records and related documents are available through a period to be agreed with the competent authority
4.2.4
carefully examine the results of each type of test in order to ensure the durability of the engine characteristics, taking into account the standard production of the series production.
4.2.5
ensure that all samples of engines or test parts that appear in a given test are detected of a non-conformity, shall be given for further sample removal and testing. All necessary measures must be taken to restore the conformity of production.
4.3
The authority that granted type-approval may take the necessary steps to restore the conformity of production. procedures used in the individual production facilities to check the conformity at any time.
4.3.1
In each test, the examiner shall be subject to the test and Production documentation provided.
4.3.2
The quality of the tests appears to be unsatisfactory or it seems appropriate to apply the validity of the tests. under Section 3.2, the following procedure shall apply:
4.3.2.1
An engine is taken from the series and the test is carried out in accordance with 3.1. The exhaust gas and particulate emissions determined shall not exceed the values set out in the table in § 8a.02 No. 2.
4.3.2.2
Refills one of the series of removed If the engine does not meet the requirements of section 4.3.2.1, the manufacturer may require sample measurements on some of the series of engines of the same type taken, the sample being the engine that was originally taken. The manufacturer shall determine the extent "n" of the sample in agreement with the competent authority. With the exception of the engine originally taken from the engine, the engines must be subjected to an inspection. The arithmetic mean () the results obtained with the sample shall then be determined for each individual pollutant. Serial production shall be deemed to be compliant if the following condition is met:


Here

k: a The statistical factor that depends on "n" and is specified in the table below:


n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
k 0, 973 0, 613 0, 489 0, 421 0, 376 0, 342 0, 317 0, 296 0, 279
n 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
k 0, 265 0, 352 0, 242 0, 233 0, 224 0, 216 0, 210 0, 203 0, 198


St: , where x is any one of the sample n The individual result is

L: the allowable limit according to § 8a.02 No. 2 for each pollutant investigated
4.3.3
The competent authority must carry out the tests on engines , which are partially or fully retracted in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
4.3.4
Normally, the checks are carried out on the basis of the conformity of the Production to which the competent authority is entitled, once a year. In the event of non-compliance with the provisions of Section 4.3.2, the competent authority shall ensure that all necessary measures are taken to restore the conformity of production without delay.

5.
Engine families and motor groups
5.1
Procedures for selecting a Engine Family
5.1.1
The engine family can be determined based on basic design characteristics common to all engines of these families. In some cases, an interaction between the characteristics is possible. These effects must also be taken into account in order to ensure that only engines with similar exhaust emission characteristics are associated with a particular engine family.
5.1.2
Engines can be assigned to the same engine family if they match the key characteristics listed below:
5.1.2.1
Working:
-
two-stroke,
-
four-stroke;
5.1.2.2
coolant:
-
air,
-
water,
-
oil;
5.1.2.3
Single cylinder displacement:
-
the Total sprinkling of engines may not exceed 15%,
-
Number of cylinders in engines with exhaust gas aftertreatment equipment;
5.1.2.2
coolant:
-
air,
-
water,
-
oil;
5.1.2.3
Single cylinder displacement:
-
the Total sprinkling of engines may not exceed 15%,
-
Number of cylinders in engines with exhaust gas aftertreatment equipment;
5.1.2.4
Type of air intake:
-
suction engines,
-
turbocharged engines;
5.1.2.5
The type/nature of the combustion space:
-
Prechamber,
-
swirl chamber,
-
Direct
5.1.2.6
Valves and Channels-Arrangement, Size and Number:
-
cylinder head
-
cylinder wall;
5.1.2.7
fuel system:
-
Pump-Line-nozzle,
-
In-line Injection Pump,
-
Distribution Injection Pump,
-
Single Injection,
-
Pump-nozzle system,
-
Common Rail;
5.1.2.8
Other Features:
-
Exhaust Gas Recirculation,
-
Water Injection/Mulsion,
-
air injection,
-
charge air cooling;
5.1.2.9
Exhaust Aftertreatment:
-
oxidation catalytic converter,
-
reduction catalytic converter,
-
thermoreactor,
-
particle filter.
5.1.3
If the engines in the family have other variable characteristics, the emissions and particulate emissions must also be identified and taken into account in the selection of the parent engine.
5.2
Process selection for a motor group
5.2.1
The engine group can be basic Design characteristics that are common to all engines of these groups. In some cases, an interaction between the characteristics is possible. These effects must also be taken into account in order to ensure that only engines with similar exhaust emission characteristics are associated with a particular engine group.
5.2.2
A motor group is defined by other following basic characteristics, in addition to those mentioned in Section 5.1.2 for engine families:
5.2.2.1
Drill and Hub dimensions;
5.2.2.2
Methods and design features of the recharge and Exhaust systems:
-
constant pressure,
-
pulsating system;
5.2.2.3
Engineering characteristics of the combustion space that the exhaust gas and Influence particulate emissions;
5.2.2.4
Engineering characteristics of the fuel injection system, the piston and the injection cam, which are the basic characteristics of the fuel injection system. , which affect exhaust and particulate emissions, and
5.2.2.5
Maximum rated power per cylinder at maximum rated speed. The maximum range of power reduction within the engine group must be declared by the manufacturer and approved by the competent authority.
5.2.3
Engines may only be considered as belonging to a motor group if the characteristics referred to in section 5.2.2 are identical for all relevant engines. However, the competent authority may accept a designation as a motor group if only one of these characteristics does not apply to all engines of an intended engine group. To this end, the engine manufacturer must demonstrate in the information folder that, despite the deviation of one of these characteristics, the exhaust gas and particulate emissions of all engines within the engine group continue to exceed the limit values of the table in § 8a.02 No. 2
5.2.4
The competent authority may allow the following settings and modifications to engines of a motor group:
5.2.4.1
Settings to adjust to on-board conditions:
-
Injection timing to compensate for different fuel properties,
-
injection timing for Optimization of maximum cylinder pressure,
-
different fuel supply to individual cylinders;
5.2.4.2
Engine tuning modifications for the purpose of use:
-
Turbolader,
-
Injection Pump Components:
-
plun_specifications,
-
relief valve specifications,
-
Injection Nozzles,
-
cam profiles:
-
input/outlet valve,
-
Injection Nock,
-
combustion space.
5.2.4.3
Changes that go beyond the settings and modifications mentioned above require a special justification.
5.2.5
To approve the settings and modifications mentioned in 5.2.4, the competent authority must submit all documents deemed necessary by the competent authority. The competent authority may also require the repetition of individual or all parts of the type test, the installation or the intermediate testing of the engine.
5.3
Selection of the Master Motors
5.3.1
The competent authority must approve the selection of the parent engine of the engine family or engine group prior to performing the checks. A main criterion in the selection of the parent engine is the highest fuel delivery rate per work cycle. In addition, the method must be based on the choice of engine, which has characteristics and characteristics that experience the highest exhaust emissions (expressed in g/kWh). For this, detailed knowledge of the engines within the engine family or engine group is necessary. In some circumstances, the competent authority may conclude that it is appropriate to determine the worst emission value of the engine family or engine group by testing a second engine. Consequently, the competent authority may consider another engine for testing, the characteristics of which indicate that it has the highest emission levels of all engines of this engine family or engine group.
5.3.2
Wise the engines of a motor family or engine group other variable features to which an impact on exhaust emissions can be attributed, so are these too Record characteristics and consider when selecting the parent engine.


Asset J, Part II
(pattern) Part II
DESCRIPTION Sheet No. (1) . ..
for type-approval, concerning measures to reduce the emission of gaseous
pollutants and particulate pollutants from diesel engines intended for installation in
vehicles of the Rhine shipping industry

Root motor/engine type (2) : ..........

0.General
0.1Factory brand (manufacturer's company name): ..........
0.2manufacturer-side name for the engine type (s), the parent engine, and, if applicable, engines of the engine family/engine group (2) : ..........
0.3Manufacturer-side type coding according to the information Motor: ..........
0.4Use of the engine (3) : ..........
0.5Manufacturer's name and address: ..........
If appropriate, name and address of the manufacturer of the manufacturer: ..........
0.6Location, coding and manner of affixing the Engine identification number: ..........
0.7Location and type of attachment of the type-approval number:
0.08Address (s) of production site (s): ..........
1.
Key features of the root motor/engine type
2.
Essential features of the Motor family/engine group
3.
The essential characteristics of engines in the engine family/engine group
4.
(optional) characteristics of the vehicle parts connected to the engine
5.
manufacturer's instructions for Control of the components of the adjustable features and the engine parameters
6.
Photographs of the parent engine
7.
Other assets (if necessary, run more assets here)


, Motor manufacturer's signature
...................... ...............................
 
(1)
The number of the information document from the competent authority.
(2)
Delete as appropriate.
(3)
e.g. ship drive propeller urvers, ship's main drive-constant speed.


Appendix J, Part II, Attachment 1
(pattern)


ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STEM MOTOR/ENGINE TYPE

1.engine description
1.1 Manufacturer: ..........
1.2manufacturer's engine identification number: ..........
1.3Working mode: four-stroke/two-stroke (1)
1.4 Hole: ..........mm
1.5Hub: .......... mm
1.6Number and arrangement of cylinders: ..........
1.7Hubraum: ..........cm³
1.8 rated power: .......... KW at rated speed: ..........min-1
1.9Speed: .......... min-1 at maximum torque: ..........Nm
1.10Volume compression ratio (2) : ..........
1.11Description of the Incineration plant: ..........
1.12 Drawing (s) of the combustion chamber and the piston head ..........
1.13 Minimum cross-section of inlet and outlet channels: ..........mm2
1.14cooling system
1.14.1Liquid cooling
1.14.1.1Kind Liquid: ..........
1.14.1.2Coolant Pump (s): ja/no (1)
1.14.1.3Passed data or Brand (s) and type (s) (if applicable): ..........
1.14.1.4Drive gear ratio (se) (if applicable): ..........
1.14.2Air cooling 
1.14.2.1Fan: ja/no(1)
1.14.2.2Passed data or brand (s) and type (s) (if applicable): .......... 
1.14.2.3Drive ratio (se) of the drive (if applicable): ..........
1.15From Manufacturer-approved temperatures
1.15.1Liquid cooling: highest temperature at the engine outlet: ..........K
1.15.2Air cooling: anchor point: ..........
Highest temperature at anchor point: ..........


K
1.15.3Highest charge air temperature at the outlet of the Intercooler (if Applicable): ..........K
1.15.4Highest exhaust gas temperature at the port between Exhaust manifold (s) and exhaust manifold (s): ..........K
1.15.5Lubricant Temperature: at least ..........
no more than ..........
K
K
1.16Charger: ja/no (1)
1.16.1Brand: ..........
1.16.2Type: ..........
1.16.3Description of the system (e.g. B. Maximum boost pressure, pressure release valve (wastegate),
if applicable): ..........
1.16.4 Intermediate cooler: ja/no(1)
1.17 intake system: maximum allowable intake pressure at engine rated speed and full load: ..........kPa
1.18 exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust gas back pressure at engine rated speed and full load: ..........kPa
2.Additional devices to reduce pollutants
(if it exists and does not collect under another digit)
-Description and/or Sketch (s): ..........
3. Fuel system
3.1Fuel pump 
(2) or characteristic line: .......... kPa
3.2injection system
3.2.1Pump
3.2.1.1Brand (s): ..........
3.2.1.2Type (s): .......... 
3.2.1.3Injection Quantity: .......... and .......... mm³(2) per stroke or stroke on .......... min-1 of the pump
(rated speed) or .......... min-1 (maximum torque) or characteristic curve.
specification of the method used: on the motor/on the pump test stand(1)
3.2.1.4injection timing
3.2.1.4.1Adjustment curve of the injection adjuster(2) : ..........
3.2.1.4.2Setting the injection time point(2) : ..........
3.2.2Injection Lines 
3.2.2.1Length: ..........mm
3.2.2.2 Inside diameter: ..........mm
3.2.3Injection nozzle (s)
3.2.3.1Brand (s): ..........
3.2.3.2Type (s): ..........
3.2.3.3 Opening Pressure(2) or Characteristic:kPa
3.2.4 Regulator
3.2.4.1Brand (s): ..........
3.2.4.2Type (s): ..........
3.2.4.3downspeed at full load(2) : .......... min-1
3.2.4.4Maximum speed without load(2) : ..........min-1
3.2.4.5idle speed (2) : ..........min-1
3.3cold-start device
3.3.1Brand (s): ..........
3.3.2Type (s): ..........
3.3.3 Description: ..........
 
4.Valve Setting
4.1 Maximum valve strokes and opening and closing angles, relative to the dead points,
or corresponding details: ..........
4.2reference and/or set ranges(1) 
(1)
Delete as appropriate.
(2)
Specify Tolerance.


Asset J, Part II, Attachment 2
(Pattern) ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MOTORENFAMILIE/MOTOR group (1)

1.Shared characteristic data(1) :
1.1 Functioning: ..........
1.2coolants: ..........
1.3 Air intake method: ..........
1.4Type/nature of the combustion space: ..........
1.5Valves and slot layout-arrangement, size and number:
1.6 Fuel system: ..........
1.7Engine functional systems:
Identity verification according to sketch (s) Number:
-Charge air cooling: ..........
-exhaust gas recirculation (2) : ..........
Water Injection/Emulsion(2) : ..........
-Air bubble(2) : ..........
1.8exhaust aftertreatment system(2) : ..........
Evidence of the same (or at root engine) of the lowest) ratio:
System capacity/fuel delivery per hub according to graph (er) number: ..........
2.engine family/engine group lineup(1)
2.1Engine family name/engine group label(1) : ..........
2.2Specification of engines of this family/group(1) :
 
Root motor (3)
Motorname
Number of cylinders
rated speed (min-1)
Funding quantity per hub (mm³)
rated power (kW) 
Speed at max torque (min-1)
Funding amount per stroke (mm³) 
Max torque (Nm)
Untere idle speed (min-1)
Cylinder stroke (% of trunk engine) 100
(1)
Taking into account the regulations specified in the Rhine Shipbuilding Investigation Order, Annex J, Part I, Section 5.
(2)
" n.z." for "not applicable".
(3)
Detailed description, see Appendix 1.


Asset J, Part II, Appendix 3
(Pattern) Essential characteristics of engines in engine family/engine group (1)

1.engine description
1.1Manufacturer: ..........
1.2 Manufacturer's engine identification number: ..........
1.3Working mode: Four-stroke/two-stroke (2)
1.4 Hole: ..........mm
1.5Hub: .......... mm
1.6Number and arrangement of cylinders: ..........
1.7Hubraum: ..........cm³
1.8 rated power: .......... KW at rated speed: ..........min-1
1.9Speed: .......... min-1 at maximum torque: ..........Nm
1.10Volume compression ratio (3) : ..........
1.11Description of the Incineration plant: ..........
1.12 Drawing (s) of the combustion chamber and the piston head ..........
1.13 Minimum cross-section of inlet and outlet channels: ..........
1.14cooling system
1.14.1Liquid cooling
1.14.1.1Kind Liquid: ..........
1.14.1.2Coolant Pump (s): ja/no (2)
1.14.1.3Passdata or Brand (s) and type (s) (if applicable): ..........
1.14.1.4Drive gear ratio (se) (if applicable): ..........
1.14.2Air cooling 
1.14.2.1Fan: ja/no(2)
1.14.2.2Passed data or brand (s) and type (s) (if applicable): .......... 
1.14.2.3Drive ratio (se) of the drive (if applicable): ..........
1.15From Manufacturer-approved temperatures
1.15.1Liquid cooling: highest temperature at the engine outlet: ..........K
1.15.2Air cooling: anchor point: ..........
Highest temperature at anchor point: ..........


K
1.15.3Highest charge air temperature at the outlet of the Intercooler (if Applicable): ..........K
1.15.4Highest exhaust gas temperature at the port between Exhaust manifold (s) and exhaust manifold (s): ..........K
1.15.5Lubricant Temperature: at least ..........
no more than ..........
K
K
(1)
separately for each engine of the engine family/engine group. Tabular enumerations are allowed.
(2)
Delete non-applicable.
(3)
Specify Tolerance.
1.16 Loaders: ja/no (1)
1.16.1Brand: ..........
1.16.2 Type: ..........
1.16.3System description (e.g. B. Maximum boost pressure, pressure release valve (wastegate),
if applicable): ..........
1.16.4 Intermediate cooler: ja/no(1)
1.17 intake system: maximum allowable intake pressure at engine rated speed and full load: ..........kPa
1.18 exhaust system: maximum permissible exhaust gas back pressure at engine rated speed and full load: ..........kPa
2.Additional devices to reduce pollutants
(if it exists and does not collect under another digit)
-Description and/or Sketch (s): ..........
3. Fuel system
3.1Fuel pump 
Print (2) or Characteristic line: ..........kPa
3.2Injection system 
3.2.1Pump
3.2.1.1 Brand (s): ..........
3.2.1.2Type (s): ..........
3.2.1.3Injection quantity: .......... and .......... mm³(2) per stroke or stroke on .......... min-1 of the pump
(rated speed) or .......... min-1 (maximum torque) or characteristic curve.
specification of the method used: on the motor/on the pump test stand(1)
3.2.1.4injection timing
3.2.1.4.1Adjustment curve of the injection adjuster(2) : ..........
3.2.1.4.2Setting the injection time point(2) : ..........
3.2.2Injection Lines 
3.2.2.1Length: ..........mm
3.2.2.2 Inside diameter: ..........mm
3.2.3Injection nozzle (s)
3.2.3.1Brand (s): ..........
3.2.3.2Type (s): ..........
3.2.3.3 Opening Pressure(2) or Characteristic:kPa
3.2.4 Regulator
3.2.4.1Brand (s): ..........
3.2.4.2Type (s): ..........
3.2.4.3downspeed at full load(2) : .......... min-1
3.2.4.4Maximum speed without load(2) : ..........min-1
3.2.4.5idle speed (2) : ..........min-1
3.3cold-start device
3.3.1Brand (s): ..........
3.3.2Type (s): ..........
3.3.3 Description: ..........
 
4.Valve Setting
4.1 Maximum valve strokes and opening and closing angles, relative to the dead points,
or corresponding details: ..........
4.2reference and/or set ranges(1) 
(1)
Delete as appropriate.
(2)
Specify Tolerance.


Asset J, Part III
(Pattern) Part III
Type-approval arc

Competent Authority Seal
No. Type-approval: ..........No. Extension: ..........


Notification of
-
the grant/extension/denation/deprivation (1) of Type-approval
for a motor type, engine family, or engine group with regard to emissions of pollutants according to the Rhine Navigation Subsearch Order

(where applicable) reason for extension: ..........


SECTION I
0.
general
0.1
Factory brand (manufacturer's company name):..........
0.2
The manufacturer-side name for the engine type (s), the parent engine, and, if applicable, the engines of the engine family/engine group (1) :..........
0.3
Manufacturer-side type coding according to the engine/engine specifications:..........
Position: ..........
Kind of attachment:..........
0.4
for motor (2) :..........
0.5
Name and address of manufacturer:..........
If applicable, name and address of manufacturer:..........
0.6
Location, encoding and type of attachment of the engine identification number:..........
0.7
and type of attachment of type approval number: ..........
0.8
(s) of the Manufacturing Site (s):..........
(1)
Delete as applicable.
(2)
e.g. ship drive-propeller curve, ship drive-constant Speed.
SECTION II
1.
Possibly Usage Restrictions..........
1.1
Special features that are to be taken into account when installing the engine/engines in the vehicle: ..........
1.1.1
Intake underpressure:.......... kPa
1.1.2
Highest possible exhaust back pressure:.......... kPa
2.
For the execution of the tests responsible technical service (1) :..........
3.
Date of test report (2) : ..........
4.
Number of audit report: ..........
5.
The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's details in the attached Information document of the engine (s) mentioned above and the validity of the attached test results in relation to the engine type or the trunk motor. The test copy (s) has been selected by the manufacturer with the approval of the competent authority and presented as a model of the (strain) engine (3) ::
-approval is granted/extendable/denied (3) :
Location: ..........
Date: ..........
Signature: ..........


:Description folder
Audit results (see appendix 1)
(1)
If the checks are carried out by the competent authority itself," omitted ".
(2)
If necessary, including a correlation study on sampling systems deviating from the reference systems, according to the Rheinschiffsuntersuchungsordnung Annex J, Part I, Section 3.1.1.
(3)
Delete as applicable.


Asset J, Part III, Annex I
(Patterns) Audit Results

0.General
0.1factory brand (manufacturer's company name): ..........
0.2The manufacturer-side name of the engine type (s), the parent engine and, if necessary, the engines of the Motor family/engine group (1) :..........
1. Information on how to perform the check (s) (2)
1.1Audit cycle
Label of test cycle (3) : ..........
1.2engine performance
1.2.1Engine engine speeds:
idle speed:.......... min-1
 Nomination speed:.......... min-1
1.2.2 rated power:.......... kW
1.3 Emission Values
Emissions Audit Results limit values
CO:.......... g/kWhCO:..........g/kWh
 HC:..........g/kWhHC: ..........g/kWh
NOx.......... g/kWhNOx..........g/kWh
Particles:..........g/kWhParticles: ..........g/kWh
1.4Competent authority or technical service
Location, Date:..........Signature:..........
(1)
Delete as appropriate.
(2)
In the case of multiple audit cycles for each individual.
(3)
This is where the test cycle used is based on the provisions of the Rhine Navigation Ordination Directive No. 16 Part II Section 3.6.


Appendix J, Part IV
(Pattern) Part IV
Type-approval numbering scheme

1.systematics
The number consists of 5 sections separated by the character "*".
Section 1:The uppercase letter "R" followed by the measure of the Member State that issued the approval:
1
for Germany
2
for France
4
for the Netherlands
6
for Belgium
14
for Switzerland
Section 2: The label of the request level. It is to be assumed that in the future the requirements for the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants will be strengthened. The different stages of the requirements are referred to by Roman numerals. The exit requests are identified by the number I.
Section 3:The label of the Test cycles. Since engines can be type-approved for different applications due to the respective test cycles, the designations of the relevant test cycles are to be specified here.
Section 4:A 4-digit sequential number (with any leading zeros) for the number of the basic permit. The order begins with 0001.
Section 5:A two-digit serial number (with any advanced zero) for the extension. The order begins with 01 for each base-approval number.
2Examples
a)
Third of the Netherlands granted approval according to level I, and the application of the engine for the ship propulsion-propeller curve (so far without Extension):
R 4 * I* E3 * 0003 * 00
b)
Second extension to the fourth permit granted by Germany in accordance with stage II, for ship propulsion-constant speed and-ship propulsion propeller curve:
R 1 * II* E2E3 * 0004 * 02


Asset J, Part V
(Pattern) Part V
Installation of type approvals for engine types, engine families, and motor groups

Seal of Competent Authority
Lists No: .......... 
Period of ..........to ..........


1 2 3 4 5 6 7
factory brand (1) Manufacturer-side label(1) Type approval number Date of the Type approval Extension, denial of withdrawal (2) Reason for extension, denial, or withdrawal date of extension, denial of withdrawal(2)
(1)
According to type-approval certificate.
(2)
Enter the applicable.


Asset J, Part VI
(Pattern) Part VI
Manufactured engines

Competent Authority Seals
Lists No.: ..........
for the period of .......... to ..........
the engine types, engine families, Motor groups and type-approval numbers of the engines manufactured within the above period in accordance with the provisions of the Rhine Navigation Ordination shall be provided with the following information:
Factory brand (manufacturer's company name):..........
Manufacturer's name for the engine type (s), the Stem motor and, if necessary, engines of the engine family/engine group (1) :
Type-approval number:..........
Exhibition Date ..........
The date of the first exhibition (for night avays):..........
Name of motor family/engine group (2) : ..........
Engine family/engine group name(2) : ..........
Engine family/engine group engine:1: ...2: ...n: ...
Engine identification number:... 001 ... 001... 001
... 002... 002 ... 002
...
...
...
... m... p... q
(1)
Delete as appropriate.
(2)
If necessary, omit; the example shows a motor family with "n" different motors, of which units
of the engine 1 with the identification numbers ... 001 to ..... m,
of the engine 2 with the identification numbers ... 001 to ..... p,
of the engine n with the identification numbers ... 001 to ..... q


Asset J, Part VII
(pattern) Part VII
Data sheet for engines with type approval

Seal of Competent


Engine description Emissions (g/kWh)
Lfd. No. Date of type approval Number of type approval number Factory brand Engine type/motor family/engine group Kühl-mittel (1) Number of cylinders Total cubic capacity (cm3)rated power (kW) Nenn speed (min-1) Verbren-nung (2) After-behand-lung (3) Audit cycle CO HC NOX PT
 
(1)
Liquid or air.
(2)
Abbreviations to use: DI = direct injection, PC = vort/swirl chamber, NA = suction motor, TC = turbocharging, TCA = Turbocharging with intermediate cooling. Examples: DI NA, DI TC, DI TCA, PC NA, PC TC, PC TCA.
(3)
Abbreviations to use: CAT = Catalyst, PT = Particulate filters, EGR = exhaust gas recirculation.


Asset J, Part VIII
(Pattern) Part VIII
Engine Parameters Log

0. General
0.1Engine disclosures
0.1.1factory brand..........
0.1.2 Manufacturer-side label:..........
0.1.3Type-approval number:..........
0.1.4 Engine identification number:..........
0.2documentation
The engine parameters shall be checked and the test results to be documented. The documentation is done on separate sheets, which are to be numbered individually, signed by the auditor, and attached to this log.
 
0.3Review
The check is based on the instructions (1) of the manufacturer to perform the Control of the components, the adjustable features and the engine parameters. In substantiated individual cases, the auditor can, according to his own assessment, see the control of certain engine parameters.
0.4This engine parameter log, including the attached notes, includes a total of ...... (2) Pages.
(1)
See Rheinschiffsuntersuchungsordnung Appendix J Part I Section 2.4 § 8a.11 No. 3.
(2)
To be completed by reviewer.


1.engine parameter
This will certify that the engine being checked does not demise from the specified parameters.
1.1Installation Check
checking location name and address: ...........
Name of the auditor:..........
Location and date: ..........
Signature:..........
Check recognized by 
Competent Authority:..........
Location and Date:..........
Signature: ..........
Competent Authority


1.2□ Intermediate review (1) □ Special check(1)
Name and Address of the check location:..........
Checker Name: ..........
Location and Date:..........
Signature:..........
Check recognized by
Competent Authority:..........
Location and Date: ..........
Signature:..........
Competent Authority Seals
(1)
Cross applicable.


1.2□ Intermediate Check □ Special check(1)
Name and Address of the check location:..........
Checker Name: ..........
Location and Date:..........
Signature:..........
Check recognized by
Competent Authority:..........
Location and Date: ..........
Signature:..........
Competent Authority Seals


1.2 □ Intermediate review(1)□ Special review (1)
checking location name and address:..........
Checker name:..........
Location and Date:..........
Signature: ..........
Review acknowledged by
Competent Authority: ..........
Location and Date:..........
 Signature:..........
Seal of the competent authority
(1)
tick as applicable.


Asset J, part VIII, Appendix I
(pattern) Engine parameter log asset

ship name: .......... Single European ship number: ..........
□ Installation check (1)□ intermediate check(1)□ special check (1)
Manufacturer: .......... Engine type: ..........
(manufacturer's brand/trade name/trade name)(engine family/group/manufacturer name)
rated power (kW): .......... rated speed (min-1): ..........Number of cylinders: ..........
The use of the engine: ..........
(ship's main drive/generator drive/bow blasting drive/auxiliary motor, etc.)
Type-approval number: .......... Engine Year: ..........
Engine identification number: